New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Organic Chemistry

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Organic Chemistry

ICSE SolutionsSelina ICSE SolutionsML Aggarwal Solutions

Viraf J Dalal Chemistry Class 10 Solutions and Answers

Simplified ChemistryEnglishMathsPhysicsChemistryBiology

QUESTIONS
2004

 Question 1.
Write the equation for the preparation of ethylene from ethyl alcohol.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 1
Question 2.
State the general formula for a saturated hydrocarbon and give one example and structural formula of the same.
Answer:
General formula for a saturated hydrocarbon (alkanes): CnH2n+2 Example of saturated hydrocarbons (alkanes): C2H2×1+2 Or C1H4
Structural formula of CH4 (Methane)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 2

Question 3.
Name a compound which will give acetylene gas when treated with water.
Answer:
CaC2; (calcium carbide)

2005

Question 1.
Define the term ‘catenation’.
Answer:
It is the property of elements by virtue of which atoms of the element can link to each other to form chains or rings of different sizes.

Question 2.
State the term for: – Compounds having the same general formula, and similar chemical properties.
Answer:
Homologous series.

Question 3.
Draw the structural formula of a compound with two carbon atoms in each of the following cases:

  1. An alkane with a carbon to carbon single
  2. An alcohol containing two carbon atoms.
  3. An unsaturated hydrocarbon with a carbon to carbon triple bond

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 3

Question 4.
Ethane, Ethene, Ethanoic acid, Ethyne, Ethanol — From the compounds, name :

  1. The compound with — OH and with — COOH,
  2. Homologue of homologous series with general formula Cn H2n.

Answer:

  1. Compound with — OH group: Ethanol (C2H5OH)
  2. Compound with — COOH group: Ethanoic acid (CH3COOH)
  3. Homologue of homologous series with G.F. CnH2n:Ethene (C2H4)

Question 5.
Write the equations for the following laboratory preparations:

  1. Ethane from Sodium propionate.
  2. Ethene from Iodoethane.
  3. Ethyne from Calcium carbide.
  4. Methanol from Iodomethane.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 4

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 5

(3) CaC2 + 2H2O →HC≡ CH + Ca(OH)2

2006

Question 1.
Which one of the elements — Li, Be, B, C, O, F, Ne shows the property of catenation.
Answer:
C (carbon).

Question 2.
Write a balanced equation for:

  1. Reaction of ethane and oxygen in presence of molybdenum oxide.
  2. Preparation of CH4 from anhydrous sodium ethanoate (sodium acetate).
  3. Reaction of heating ethanol at 170° C in the presence of cone. H2SO4.
  4. Preparation of carbon tetrachloride from methane.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 6

Question 3.
Give the IUPAC name and the functional group for :

  1. CH3 — CH2 — CHO
  2. H3C — CH2 — CH2 — OH

Answer:
(1) IUPAC name: Propanal
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 7
(2) IUPAC name: Propan-l-ol

Functional group: OH (Alcoholic group)

Question 4.
Draw the structural formula of ethyne. How does the structure of alkynes differ from that of alkenes.
Answer:
Structural formula of ethyne
H —C ≡ C —H
In alkynes there are — C ≡ C — triple covalent bonds but in alkenes there areNew Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 8double covalent bonds.

Question 5.
Fill in the blanks with the correct words:
Alkenes are the_______ (analogous / homologous) series of_______ (saturated / unsaturated) hydrocarbons. They differ from alkanes due to the presence of_______ (double / single) bonds. Alkenes mainly undergo________ (addition / substitution) reactions.

Question 6.
Draw the structural formulae of the two isomers of Butane. Give the correct IUPAC name of each.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 9

2007

Question 1.
Give the IUPAC names of the compounds numbered (i) to (v).
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 10

Answer:

  1. Propyne
  2. Pentan-3-ol
  3. 2-Methylpropane
  4. Ethanoic acid
  5. 1,2-Dichloroethane

Question 2.
Copland complete the table which relates to three homologous series of Hydrocarbons :
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 11
Answer:

  1. Alkenes, Alkynes and Alkanes
  2. Double, Triple, Single
  3. Ethene, Ethyne, Methene
  4. Addition Substitution

Question 3.
Name the type of reaction by which X (compound of C and Br) can be prepared from ethane.
Answer:
By substitution reactions.

2008

Question 1.
The formation of 1, 2-dibromoethape from ethene and bromine is an example of :
A. Substitution
B. Dehydration
C. Dehydrohalogenation
D. Addition

Question 1.
Name the organic compound prepared by each of the following reactions :

  1. C2H5COONa + NaOH →
  2. CH3I + 2[H]-→
  3. C2H5Br + KOH (alcoholic soln.) →
  4. CaC2 + 2H2O →

Answer:
(1)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 12
Organic compound formed is Ethane.
(2)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 13
Organic compound formed is Methane
(3)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 14
Organic compound formed is Ethene.
(4)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 15
Organic compound formed is Acetylene.

Question 3.
Write the equation for the following :

  1. Calcium carbide and water
  2. Ethene and water (steam)
  3. Bromoethane and an aqueous solution of sodium

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 16

Question 4.
Distinguish between the saturated hydrocarbon ethane and the unsaturated hydrocarbon ethene by drawing their structural formulae.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 17

Question 5.
Which type of reaction i.e. addition or substitution is shown by ethane and ethene ?
Answer:
ethane→ Substitution, ethene → addition reaction

Question 6.
Write the equation for the complete combustion of ethane.
Answer:
2C2H6 + 7O2 → 4CO2 + 6H2O Δ

Question 7.
Name the alcohol, aldehyde and acid formed when ethane is oxidised.
Answer:
Alcohol obtained from ethane is ethyl alcohol [C2H5OH]. The aldehyde obtained from ethane is acetaldehyde [CH3 CHO]. The acid obtained from ethane is acetic acid [CH3COOH].

Question 8.
Why is pure acetic acid known as glacial acetic acid ?
Answer:
Pure acetic acid is known as glacial acetic acid because it freezes below 16.5°C to an icy mass (glacier).

Question 9.
What type of compound is formed by the reaction between acetic acid and an alcohol ?
Answer:
Ester is formed by the reaction between acid and an alcohol.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 18

Question 10.
By what type of reaction could a compound containing C, H and Cl – be obtained from ethyne ?
Answer:
Addition reaction
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 19

Question 11.
State the term for the reaction in which the hydrogen of an alkane is    replaced by chlorine.
Answer:
Substitution reaction.

2009

Question 1.
Which of the following statements is wrong about lkanes ?
(A) They are all saturated hydrocarbons.
(B) They can undergo addition as well as substitution reaction.
(C) They are almost non polar in nature.
(D) On complete combustion give out carbon dioxide and water.

Question 2.
Write balanced equation for : Acetic acid is warmed with ethanol in the presence of con. H2SO4.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 20
Question 3.
Find the odd one out in each case and explain your choice.

  1. C3H8 ,C5H10, C2H6, CH4
  2. Formic acid, Nitric acid, Acetic acid, Propanoic acid.

Answer:

  1. C5H10 [All others are alkane, this is an alkene]
  2. Nitric acid [This is the only inorganic acid rest all are organic acids]

Question 4.
Identity the substances ‘S’ based on the information given below:
The reddish brown liquid ‘S’ is dissolved in water. When ethyne gas is passed through it, ttirns colourless.
Answer:
Bromine solution

Question 5.
Fill in the blanks with the correct words from the brackets.

Generally ionic compounds exist in (i) ………………. (solid/liquid/gas) state. Melting and boiling points of covalent compounds are generally (ii) …………….. (low/high). The general formula for alkane is (iii)……………. (CnH 2n / CH 2n-2 t/CH2n+2). For alkynes the geperal formula is (iv)…… (CnH2n / CnH2n-2/CnH2n+2)

Question 6.
Give chemical equation for the following :

  1. The laboratory preparation of methane from sodium acetate.
  2. The reaction of one mole of ethene with one mole of chlorine gas.
  3. The preparation of ethyne from 1, 2 – dibromoethane.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 21

Question 7.
State how the following conversions can be carried out:

  1. Ethyl chloride to Ethyl alcohol.
  2. Ethyl chloride to Ethene.
  3. Ethene to Ethyl alcohol.
  4. Ethyl alcohol to Ethene.

Answer:

  1. By treating ethyl chloride with aqueous KOH.
  2. By heating ethyl chloride with alcoholic KOH.
  3. By passing ethene into concentrated H2SO4 at 80°C and high pressure or by hydrating of ethene.
  4. By heating ethyl alcohol with concentrated H2SO4 at 170°C.

Question 8.
Define isomerism. Give the IUPAC name of the isomer C4H10 which has a branched chain.
Answer:
(1) Isomerism : Organic compounds having the same  formula but different structural formulae are called isomers and this property is known as isomerism.
Example : n pentane & isopentane
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 22

2010

Question 1.
Select the correct answer

  1. The organic compound, which gives a red precipitate with ammoniacal cuprous chloride and undergoes an addition reaction –
    (A) Ethane
    (B) Ethene
    (C) Ethyne   
    (D) Ethanol
  2. The organic compound which when mixed with ethyle alcohol, [ethanol], makes it spurious.
    (A) Methanol
    (B) Methanoic acid
    (C) Methanal
    (D) Ethanoic acid

Question 2.
Draw the structural formula of—
1. Ethanoic acid
2. But-2-yne

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 23

Question 3.
Compound ‘X’ is bubbled through bromine dissolved in CCl4 and the product formed is CH2Br – CH2Br.

  1. Draw the structural of X and state what type of reaction X has undergone.
  2. State your observation for the above reaction.
  3. Name the compound formed when steam reacts with A in the presence of phosphoric acid.
  4. What is the procedure for converting the product of (b) (iii) back to X ?

Answer:

  1. CH2Br – CH2Br
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 24
    The above reaction is called addition reaction,
  2. The colour of bromine colour fades.
  3. New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 25
  4. Ethanol can be converted into ethene, by dehydrating it with cone, sulphuric acid.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 26

2011

Question 1.
Name a gaseous hydrocarbon commonly used for welding purposes.
Answer:
Acetylene

Question 2.
Give reasons for the following –

  1. almost 90% of all known compounds are organic in nature.
  2. it is dangerous to burn methane in an insufficient supply of air.

Answer:

  1. Because of ability of carbon to catenate i.e forms straight chain, branched chains or ring like compounds.
  2. Because carbon monoxide is produced in an insufficient supply of air. This gas is extremely poisonous for human beings as it cuts off the oxygen supply by forming carboxy haemoglobin in the blood.

Question 3.
Choose the correct answer –

  1. The functional group present in acetic acid is:
    (A) Ketonic C = O
    (B) Hydroxyl-OH
    (C) Aldehydic – CHO
    (D) Carboxyl – COOH
  2. Unsaturated hydrocarbons undergo :
    (A) a substitution reaction
    (B) an oxidation reaction
    (C) an addition reaction
    (D) none of the above
  3. The number of C – H bonds in ethane molecule are:
    (A) Four
    (B) Six
    (C) Eight
    (D) Ten

Question 4.
Select the correct answer the choices given :

  1. The catalyst used for conversion of ethene to ethane is commonly……… [nickel/iron/cobalt]
    Ans: Nickel
  2. Acetaldehyde when oxidized with acidified potassium dichromate, forms ………  [ester/ethanol/
    acetic acid]
    Ans: Acetic   acid
  3. Ethanoic acid reacts with ethanol in presence of cone. H2SO4, so as to form a compound and water. The chemical reaction which takes place is called…………[dehydration/hydrogenation/esterification]
    Ans: Esterification

Question 5.
Write balanced chemical equations for the following :

  1. Write the equation for the reaction taking place between 1, 2 – dibromoethane and ajcoholic potassium hydroxide.
  2. Monochloro ethan is hydrolysed with aqueous KOH.
  3. A mixture of sodalime and sodium acetate is heated.
  4. Ethanol under high pressure and low temperature is treated with acidified potassium dichromate.
  5. Water is added to calcium carbide.
  6. Ethanol reacts with sodium at room temperature.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 27

2012

Question 1.
State the observation : Bromine vapours are passed into a soln. of ethyne in carbon tetrachloride.
Answer:
Ethyne decolorizes the reddish brown colour of bromine solution.

Question 2.
From – Ethyne, ethanol, acetic acid, ethene, methane. Choose the one which relates to (i) to (iv).

  1. An unsaturated hydrocarbon used for welding purposes.
    Ans: Ethyne
  2. An organic compound whose functional group is carboxyl.
    Ans: Acetic acid
  3. A hydrocarbon which on catalytic hydrogennation gives a saturated hydrocarbon.
    Ans: Ethene
  4. An organic compound used as a thermometric liquid.
    Ans: Ethanol

Question 3.
(1) Why is pure acetic acid known as glacial acetic acid?
(2) Give a chemical equation for the reaction between ethyl alcohol and acetic acid.
Answer:

(1) Pure acetic acid freezes below 20°C to form a transparent solid which looks like ice and hence, it is called glacial acetic acid.
(2) New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 28

Question 4.
Rewrite the correct statement with the missing word/s. Ethyl alcohol is dehydrated by sulphuric acid at a temperature of about 170°C.
Answer:
Ethyl alcohol is dehydrated by concentrated sulphuric acid at a temperature of about 170°C.

Question 5.
Give the structural formula for the following :

  1. Methanoic acid
  2. Ethanal
  3. Ethyne
  4. Acetone
  5. 2-methyl propane.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 29

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 30


2013


Question 1.

Identify the gas evolved when : sodium propionate is heated with soda lime.
Answer:
Ethane gas

Question 2.
Give suitable chemical term for : A reaction in which hydrogen of an alkane is replaced by a halogen.
Answer:
Subsitution reaction

Question 3.
Give a chemical test to distinguish between : Ethene gas and ethane gas.
Answer:
To the given gas add few drops of bromine solution in carbon, tetra-chloride. In case of ethene gas, the reddish colour of bromine discharges. However, in case of ethane gas the reddish colour of bromine does not discharge.

Question 4.
Identify the statement that is incorrect about alkanes :
(A) They are hydrocarbons.
(B) There is single covalent bond between carbon and hydrogen
(C) They can undergo both substitution as well as addition reactions
(D) On complete combustion they produce carbon dioxide and water.

Question 5.
Give balanced equations for the laboratory preparations of:

  1. A saturated hydrocarbon from iodomethane.
  2. An unsaturated hydrocarbon from an alcohol.
  3. An unsaturated hydrocarbon from calcium carbide.
  4. An alcohol from ethyl bromide.

Answer:

  1. CH3I + 2H (from Zn/Cu couple) → CH4 + HI
  2. New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 31
  3. CaC2 + 2H2O → Ca(OH)2 + C2H2
  4. C2H5Br + KOH (aq) → C2H5OH + KBr

Question 6.
Give the structural formulae for :

  1. An isomer of n-butane.
  2. 2-propanol.
  3. Diethyl ether.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 32

Question 7.
Give reasons for :

  1. Methane does not undergo addition reactions, but ethene does.
  2. Ethyne is more reactive than ethane.
  3. Hydrocarbons are excellent fuels.

Answer:

  1. All the four covalent bonds between the carbon and hydrogen are fully shared. Thus the hydrogen atom can only be substituted by more reactive atoms or group of atoms. There is no scope of addition of reactive atoms in its molecule.
    However, in case of ethene there is a double bond between the two carbon atoms. These bonds are under strain and hence can be easily broken by more reactive atoms to form addition compounds which are saturated in nature.
  2. Ethyne has a triple covalent bond (—C = C —) between two carbon atoms, whereas ethene has a double covalent bond (—C = C —) between the two carbon atoms. So, the strain in the bounding of ethyne is far more than ethene. This accounts of the reactivity of ethyne as its bonds break more easily than that of ethene.
  3. All the constituents of hydrocarbon (carbon and hydrogen) are highly combustible and do not have any uncombustible content. So, hydrocarbons are excellent fuels.

2014

Question 1.
The I.U.P.A.C. name of acetylene is,
(A) propane
(B) propyne
(C) ethene
(D) ethyne.

Question 2.
Ethanol reacts with sodium to give………(sodium ethanoate, sodium ethoxide, sodium propanoate)
Answer:
sodium ethoxide

Question 3.
Give one word or phrase for – hydrocarbons containing a
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 33 functional group
Answer:
Hydrocarbons containing aNew Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 34functional group → Alkan one or Ketonic functional group.

Question 4.
Write balanced equation for preparation of

  1. ethane from sodium propionate.
  2. ethanol from monochloroethane and aq. sodium hydroxide.

Answer:

  1. Preparation of ethane from sodium propionate.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 35
  2. Preparation of ethanol from monochloroethane and aq. sodium hydroxide.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 36

Question 5.
Distinguish between : Ethane and ethene (using alkaline potassium permanganate solution)
Answer:
Ethane and ethene (using alkaline KMnO4)
Ethene decolourises the colour of alkaline KMnO4 but ethane does not

Question 6.
State the conditions required for :

  1. Catalytic hydrogenation of ethyne.
  2. Preparation of ethyne from ethylene dibromide.

Answer:

(1) One volume of ethyne gas is mixed with two volumes of hydrogen gas and passed over heated nickel at 300°C, when an addition reaction takes place with the formation of ethane gas.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 37

(2) Zinc dust is added to a mixture of 95% ethyl alcohol and 5% of ethylene dibromide. The mixture is gently warmed when ethyne gas is liberated.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 38

Question 7.
Write structural formula of:
(1) Ethanol
(2) 1-propanal.
(3) ethanoic acid.
(4) 1, 2, dichloroethane.
Answer:
Give the structural formula:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 39

Question 8.
Match A and B with (i) and (ii) :
A: alkynes    (1) CnH2n+2
B: alkane      (2) CnH2n-2 

Answer:

A: alkynes    (2) CnH2n-2
B: alkane      (1) CnH2n+2 

2015

Question 1.
Select from the list — Ammonia, ethane, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen sulphide, ethyne

  1. The gas is used for welding purposes.
    Ans: Ethyne
  2. This gas is also a saturated hydrocarbon.
    Ans: Ethane

Question 2.
State which of the following statements does not describe the property of alkenes :
(A) They are unsaturated hydrocarbons
(B) They decolourise bromine water
(C) They can undergo addition as well as substitution reactions
(D) They undergo combustion with oxygen forming carbon dioxide and water.
Ans. (C) They can undergo addition and substitution reactions. Alkenes do not undergo substitution reaction.

Question 3.
State one appropriate observation when : The gaseous product obtained by dehydration of ethyl alcohol is passed through bromine water.
Answer:
The reddish brown colour of bromine solution gets decolourised.

Question 4.
Give balanced chemical equations for the following con­versions:

  1. Ethanoic acid to ethyl ethanoate.
  2. Calcium carbide to ethyne.
  3. Sodium ethanoate to methane.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 40

Question 5.
Using their structural formulae identify the functional group by circling them:
(1) Dimethyl ether.
(2) Propanone
Answer:
Dimethyl ether.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 41
Propanone
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 42

Question 6.
Name the following :

  1. Process by which ethane is obtained from ethene.
  2. A hydrocarbon which contributes towards the greenhouse
  3. Distinctive reaction that takes place when ethanol is treated with acetic acid.
  4. The property of element by virtue of which atoms of the element can link to each other in the form of a long chain or ring structure.
  5. Reaction when an alkyl halide is treated with alcoholic potassium hydroxide.

Answer:

  1. Hydrogenation (addition)
  2. Methane
  3. Esterification
  4. Catenation
  5. Dehydrohalogenation

2016

Question 1.
Fill in the blanks : Conversion of ethene to ethane is an example of………… (hydration / hydrogenation).
Answer:
Conversion of ethene to ethane is an example of hydrogenation.

Question 2.
Write balanced chemical equations for : Preparation of ethanol from ethyl chloride.
Answer:
C2H5C1 + NaOH(aq) C2H5OH + NaCl

Question 3.
Identify the term/substance in each of the following :

  1. The catalyst used in the conversion of ethyne to ethane.
  2. The type of reactions alkenes undergo.

Answer:

  1. Nickel or platinum or palladium.
  2. Addition reactions.

Question 4.
Write the IUPAC names of:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 43
Answer:
(a) Propene
(b) 2-butyne
(c) ethanal

Question 5.
Write a balanced chemical for :

  1. Burning of ethane in plentiful supply of air.
  2. Action of water on calcium carbide.
  3. Heating of Ethanol at 170°C in the presence of cone, sulphuric acid.

Answer:

(1) C2H6 + 7/2 O2 → 2CO2 + 3H2O
2C2H6 + 7O2 → 4CO2 + 6H2O
(2) CaC2 + 2H2O → Ca(OH)2 + C2H2
(3) New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 44

Question 6.
Give the structural formulae of:
(1) 2-methyl propane
(2) Ethanoic acid
(3) Butan – 2 – ol
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 45
Question 7.
Compound A is bubbled through bromine dissolved in carbon tetrachioride is as follows :
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 46

(1) Draw the structure if A.
(2) State your observation during this reaction.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 47

2017

Question 1.
Fill in the blanks from the choices given in brackets – The compound formed when ethene reacts with hydrogen is……….. [CH4, C2H6, C3H8]
Answer:
The compound formed when ethene reacts with hydrogen is C2H6.

Question 2.
Choose the correct answer from the options given – If the molecular formula of an organic compound is C10H18 it is –
(A) Alkene
(B) Alkane
(C) Alkyne
(D)  Not a hydrocarbon

Question 3..
Identify the substance underlined – An organic compound containing – COOH functional group.
Answer:
Ethanoic acid [CH3—COOH]

Question 4.
Write the balanced chemical equation for – Preparation of methane from iodomethane
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 48

Question 5.
Identify the term or substance based on the descriptions given below:

  1. Ice like crystals formed on cooling an organic acid sufficiently.
  2. Hydrocarbon containing a triple bond used for welding purpose.
  3. The property by virtue of which the compound has the same molecular formula but different structural formulae.
  4. The compound formed where two alkyl groups are linked byNew Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 49group.

Answer:

  1. Glacial acetic acid
  2. Ethyne or acetylene
  3. Isomerism
  4.  Ketone or Alkanone

Question 6.
Give a balanced chemical equation for each of the following –

  1. Preparation of ethane from sodium propionate.
  2. Action of alcoholic KOH on bromoethane.

Ans:

  1. C2H5COONa + NaOH → C2H6 + Na2CO3
  2. CH3Br + KOH → CH3OH + KBr

Question 7.
State one relevant observation for the following reaction – Addition of ethyl alcohol to acetic acid in the presence of concentrated sulphuric acid.
Answer:
On warming the mixture gives fruity smell.

Question 8.
Draw’ the structure formula for each of the following –

  1. 2, 3 – dimethyl butane
  2. Diethyl ether
  3. Propanoic acid

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 50

ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS


Question 1.
Explain the term ‘Organic Chemistry ’. State the ‘Natural sources ’ and ‘Importance’ of organic compounds.
Answer:

  1. Organic Chemistry-It is the chemistry of specific carbon compounds except – oxides, carbonates, bicarbonates and metallic carbides.
  2. Plants, Animals, Petroleum, dyes and drugs are all natural sources.
  3. Compounds of organic origin are : Food – carbohydrates, vitamins Dyes-azodyes Clothing – cotton, silk and wool Fuels – petrol Medicines – penicillin Explosives – trinitrotoluene.

Question 2.
Explain the ‘unique nature of carbon atom’ with specific reference and meaning to —
(a) ‘Tetravalency’ — leading to formation of single, double and triple bonds
(b) ‘Catenation’ — leading to formation of straight chain, branch chain and cyclic compounds.
Answer:
Some unique properties shown by carbon atom are :
(a) Tetravalency
(b) Catenation
(c) Ability to form multiple bonds.
(a) Tetravalency : Atomic number of carbon is 6. Its electronic configuration is 2, 4. Therefore, it has four electrons in its valence shell. Carbon atom can neither lose nor gain electrons to complete its octet (not possible from energy point of view). Therefore, carbon atom completes its octet by sharing four electrons with other atoms, i.e., it can form four covalent bonds, called its tetracovalency.
For example:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 51

(b) Catenation: The property by virtue of which a large number of atoms of the same element get linked together through single or multiple covalent bonds, forming straight or branched chains and rings of different sizes, is called catenation. Carbon shows catenation to the maximum extent due to strong carbon-carbon bonds and its tetracovalency.

In this process of catenation, carbon atoms form straight or branched chains and cyclic rings of various sizes and can involve single, double or triple covalent bonds.

Question 3.
State reasons for ‘Justification of a separate branch’ for ‘Organic Chemistry.
Answer:
This is due to the following reasons:

  1. The number of known organic compounds is very large as compared to the number of known inorganic compounds.
  2. Organic compounds involve only a few elements (C, H, O, N, S, P, F, Cl, Br, I etc.), whereas inorganic compounds involve all the known elements.
  3. Organic compounds have complex nature and have high molecular mass.
  4. Organic compounds involve covalent bonds whereas inorganic compounds involve electrovalent bonds.
  5. Organic compounds show isomerism whereas inorganic compounds do not show isomerism.
  6. The properties of organic compounds are different from inorganic compounds.
    All these facts convince us to study organic chemistry as a separate branch of chemistry.

Question 4.
State five differences between the characteristics of organic and inorganic compounds. State how organic compounds are classified.
Answer:
(a) Characteristics of organic compounds :

  1. These are made up of only a few elements C, H, O, N, S,X(C1, Br,l)
  2. These involve covalent bonds.
  3. These are generally gases or liquids
  4. They have low melting and boiling points.
  5. They are combustible.
  6. They show molecular reations.
  7. They show isomerism.
  8. These are non-conductors of electrocity.
  9. There are generally insoluble in water but soluble in organic solvents.

Characteristics of inorganic compounds :

  1. These are made up of all the known elements.
  2. These involve ionic bonds.
  3. These are generally solids.
  4. They have high melting and boiling points.
  5. They are non-combustible.
  6. They show ionic reactions.
  7. They don’t show isomerism.
  8. These are generally good conductors of electricity.
  9. These are generally soluble in water but insoluble in organic solvents.

(b) Classification of Organic Compounds Aliphatic – Open Chain Compounds
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 52

Question 5.
Explain the term ‘Homologous series’. State the general characteristics of members of the series with special reference to molecular mass or molecular formula.
Answer:
Homologous series is a series of organic compounds, that are grouped into a smaller number of series of compound.
General Characteristics of homologous series :

  1. The members of a series have same functional group.
  2. Two consecutive members of a homologous series differs each other in their composition
    by – CH2unit
    Example :
    Alcohol (-OH)
    CH3 – OH, CH3 – CH2 – OH, CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – OH
  3. The members of a homologous series can be represented by same general formula.
    Example :
    Alcohol-CnH2n+1OH
    Aldehyde — CnH2n+1|CHO
    Carboyxlic acid — CnH2n+1COOH
  4. The members of a particular homologous series have almost same chemical properties due to presence of same functional group.
  5. The physical properties (like solubility, melting point, boiling point, state) of members of a homologous series either gradually increase or decrease with increase in molecular mass.
  6. The members of a homologous series can be prepared by same or common general method of preparation.
  7. The first member of homologous series generally shows certain different chemical behavior than other members of the series.

Question 6.
Differentiate between — ‘Molecular formula’ and ‘Structural formula’ — of an organic compound. Write the ‘condensed structural formula and ‘branched structural formula’ of ethene.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 53

Question 7.
State what are ‘Alkyl groups ’. State the alkyl group of the parent alkane — methane and ethane.
Answer:
Alkyl Group : It is obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a molecule of an alkane.
Methane : Methyl (Alkyl group)
Ethane : Ethyl (Alkyl group)

Question 8.
State what are ‘Functional groups’. Name the following functional groups —
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 54
X = -F, -Cl, -Br, -I ; -C=O; -C-O-C
Answer:
Functional Groups : An atom, radical or bond which defines the structure of an organic compound and give if its characteristic properties
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 55

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 56
Question 9.

Explain the terms — ‘Isomers’ and ‘Isomerism’. State the ‘Characteristics of isomers’ with reference to —
Properties of isomers ; Number of isomers with relation to carbon atoms in the isomer.
Differentiate between — ‘Chain isomerism’ and ‘Position isomerism ’ – with suitable examples.
Answer:
Two or more compounds having the same molecular formula but different physical and chemical properties are called isomers and this phenomenon is known as isomerism.
Isomers have the same number of atoms of each element in them and the same atomic weight but differ in other properties. For example, there are two compounds with the molecular formula C2H6O. One is ethanol (ethyl alcohol), CH3CH2OH, a colorless liquid alcohol; the other is dimethyl ether, CH3OCH3, a colorless gaseous ether.
Alkanes with more than three carbon atoms form isomers. The various isomers differ in the framework of the carbon chains.
Differentiate between — ‘Chain isomerism’ and ‘Position isomerism’

Chain isomers: Compounds having same molecular formula with difference in carbon chain pattern like linear or branch are called chain isomers. 1-Pentyne is chain isomer for 3-methyl Butyne.
CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – C = CH and CH3– C(CH3) – C = CH
Position isomers: Compounds having same molecular formula ^ with difference in position of the functional group are called position isomers. 1-Butyne and 2-Butyne are position isomers.
CH3– CH2– C=CH and CH3 – C = C – CH3.

Question 10.
Explain the term – ‘Nomenclature’. State its need with reference to organic compounds. State the basic rules of Nomenclature by the trivial system – with suitable examples. Explain the longest chain rule and the smallest number for functional groups rule of Nomenclature by the IUPAC system – with suitable examples.
Answer:
(a) Nomenclature :
Nomenclature is the system of assignment of names to organic compounds.
Need for Nomenclature : Very large number of organic compounds with varying molecular structure need a systematic method of nomenclature. Further many a times same molecular formula represents two or more compounds (isomerism).
(b) Nomenclature by Trivial System:
In this method, name of an organic compound is derived from its;

  1. Source (e.g., benzoic acid is obtained by distillation from gum benzoin, fructose or fruit sugar from fruits etc).
  2. Latin or Greek origin (e.g., formic acid, HCOOH is present in sting of red ants, formicus in Latin means an ant).
  3. Properties (e.g., palmitic acid is an acid derived from palm oil etc).

(c) Longest Chain Rule :

  1. In the nomenclature of alkanes, the longest continuous chain if C-atoms is selected. For this, alkyl groups, if present, are written in the expanded form.
    For example,
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 57
  2. Smallest Number for Substituent : Once the principal chain is selected, it is numbered in such a say that the substituent gets the lowest number.
    For example,
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 58

Question 11.
Explain the term – ‘Hydrocarbons’. State the two main groups of hydrocarbons with examples. Draw a chart differentiating — ‘Alkanes, Alkenes andAlkynes’ — with respect to:

  1. General formula
  2. Characteristic bond
  3. IUPAC and the common name of the first three members and condensed/branched/electronic structural formula of each
  4. Availability of electrons
  5. Reactivity
  6. Characteristic reaction.

Answer:

Hydrocarbons — They are aliphatic open chain organic compounds containing carbon and hydrogen only.
Molecular formula is CxHy where X and Y are whole numbers.

  1. Saturated hydrocarbons — Homologous series of alkanes.
  2. Unsaturated hydrocarbons — Series of alkynes and alkenes.
    • General formula :
      Alkanes — CnH2n+2
      Alkenes — CnH2n
      Alkynes — CnH2n_2
    • Characteristic bond
      Alkanes → C – C < single bond
      Alkenes → C = C < double bond
      Alkynes → C = C < triple bond
    • IUPAC Name Condensed/branched/electronic structural formula of each
      New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 59..New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 60New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 61
    • Availability of electrons
      Alkanes — Not available
      Alkenes — Available Alkynes — Available
    • Reactivity
      Alkanes — Less reactive
      Alkenes — More reactive
      Alkynes — Most reactive
    • Characteristic Reaction
      Alkanes — Substitution reaction
      Alkenes — Addition reaction
      Alkynes — Addition reaction

Question 12.
Draw the structural formula of each of the following :

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 62

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 63

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 64

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 65
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 66

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 67

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 68

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 69

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 70

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 71

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 72

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 73

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 74

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 75

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 76

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 77

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 78New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 79
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 80

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 81

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 82

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 83

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 84
Question 13.
Give the IUPAC name of the compounds numbered (I) to (y).

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 85
Answer:

  1. Methyl butanol, 2-Methyl-1-butanol
  2. 2, 2-dimethyl propanol
  3. 2-Bromocyclo pentan- I -ol
  4. 3-Methylbutanal
  5. 3-Methyl-2-butanone

Question 14.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 86

Answer:

(a) CH3COONa + NaOH → CH4 + Na2CO3
(b) CH3I + 2|H| → CH4 + HI
(c) C2H5COONa + NaOH → C2H6 + NaCO3
(d) C2H5Br + 2(H) → C2H6 + HBr

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 87

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 88
Question 15.
Give equations for the conversions of – Methane, Ethane, Ethene, Ethyne, Methanol, Ethanol and Ethanoic Acid.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 89
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 90
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 91
When methane is burnt in excess of air or oxygen with pale blue flame it gives carbon dioxide gas, water and heat energy. This reaction is complete oxidiation reaction.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 92
This reaction is carried out in a copper tube. Cu acts as a catalyst. In this reaction, methane is oxidised to methanol or methyl alcohol. In this reaction, methane is heated up to a temp, of 200°C under a pressure of 120 atm.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 93
Methane can also be converted into methanol by controlled oxidation of methane in the presence of acidified K2Cr2O7.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 94
In this reaction, methane is oxidised in a copper tube methane is heated upto a tem. of 475 k under a pressure of 120 atm. Copper tube acts as a catalyst. This is carried out as catalystic oxidation.

(d) Conversion of methane to Methanal
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 95
This reaction involves the catalytic oxidation. In this reaction, methane is heated with catalyst molybdenum oxide (MoO) it a temp, of 350 – 500°C, methanol is formed.

(e) Conversion of Methane to Ethyne (C2H2)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 96
When methane is heated to about 1500°C in an electric arc and then suddenly cooled, the product is C2H2and Hydrogen.
Conversion of Ethane (C2H6) to
(a) Hexachloro ethane (C2Cl6)

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 97
C2H4Cl2 + Cl2 → C2H4Cl2 + HCl
C2 H4Cl2 + Cl2→ C2H3Cl3 + HCl
C2 H3Cl3 + Cl2 → C2H2Cl4 + HCl
C2 H2Cl4 + Cl2→ C2HCl5 + HCl
C2HCl5 + Cl2 → C2Cl6 + HCl
This reaction is a substitution reaction.

(b) Carbon dioxide (CO2)

2C2H6 + 7O2 (excess) →4CO2 + 6H2O

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 98

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 99

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 100
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 101
(a) Ethene
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 102

(b) 1,1,2,2, tetrachloroethane

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 103
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 104
(c) 1,1,2,2 tetrabromoethane

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 105
(d) 1,2 diiodoethane
C2H2+I2 →C2H2I2                           1,2 diiodoethene

(e) 1,1,Dibromoethane

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 106
(f) Copper acetylide / Silver acetylide

HC ≡ CH+ 2CuCl + 2NH2OH →
Cu – C ≡ C – Cu + 2NH2Cl + 2H2O  Copper acetylide
HC ≡ CH + 2AgNO3 + 2NH4OH →
Ag – C= C – Ag + 2NH2NO4 + 2H2O Silver acetylide
Conversion of Ethanol to :
(a) Carbon dioxide

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 107

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 108

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 109
Question 16.
Give reasons for

  1. alkanes are said to be saturated organic compounds
  2. alkenes are known as olefins
  3. alkenes are more reactive than alkanes
  4. ethanoic acid is known as an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid.

Answer:

  1. Alkanes do not undergo addition reactions and that is why they are called saturated hydrocarbons or saturated organic compounds. In alkanes all the four valencies of carbon atom are fully satisfied by forming single covalent bonds.
  2. Alkenes are called olefins because alkenes on treatment with halogens form oily products. (Latin: oleum = oil, ficare = to make)
  3. Due to the presence of C = C (carbon – carbon double bond) alkenes are more reactive than alkanes.
  4. Ethanoic acid (CH3 – COOH) contains only one – COOH group (carboxylic acid group) that is why it is called a monocarboxylic acid. As ethanoic acid does not contain a benzene right it is an alphatic monocarboxylic acid.

Question 17.
Explain the terms –

  1. Denaturated alcohol
  2. Glacial acetic acid
  3. Esterification

Answer:

  1. Denaturated alcohol – Ethyl alcohol containing pyridine or copper sulphate is termed – denaturated alcohol. It is used for – industrial applications only and hence made undrinkable.
  2. Glacial acetic acid – Anhydrous acetic acid on cooling below 16.5°C crystallizes out in the pure form, forming a crystalline mass resembling ice. Hence pure acetic acid is called glacial acetic acid.
  3. Esterification – It is known as condensation of an alcohol with an acid. Acetic acid on heating with an alcohol and dehydrating agent [cone. H2SO2] gives an ester – ethyl acetate.

Question 18.
Give a chemical test for to distinguish between

  1. Ethane, ethene and ethyne
  2. Ethanol and ethanoic acid.

Answer:

  1. Tests to distinguish between ethane, ethene and ethyne
    • Test — Br2 water test: Pass the gas through Br2 water,
      Ethane : Brown colour of Br2 water is not discharged.
      Ethene : Brown colour of Br2 water is discharged,
      Ethyne : Brown colour of Br2 water is discharged.
    • Test — Baeyer’s reagent : Pass the gas through
      Baeyer’s reagent (alkaline solution of KMnO4).
      Ethane : Purple colour of Baeyer’s reagent is not discharged.
      Ethene : Purple colour of Baeyers reagent is discharged.
      Ethyne : Purple colour of Baeyers reagent is discharged.
    • Test : Pass the gas through ammoniacal cuprous chloride solution.
      Ethane : No ppt.
      Ethene : No ppt.
      Ethyne : Red ppt. of copper acetylide is formed.
    • Test : Pass the gas through ammonical silver nitrate solution.
      Ethane : No ppt.
      Ethene : No ppt.
      Ethyne : White ppt. of silver acetylide is formed.
  2. Tests to distinguish between ethanol and ethanoic acid
    1. Test: Add a few drops of blue litmus solution to the given liquid.
      Ethanol: No change in colour.
      Ethanoic acid : Blue litmus turns red.
    2. Test: Add a pinch of sodium carbonate to the given liquid. Ethanol: No action.
      Ethanoic acid : Brisk effervescence with the evolution of C02.

Question 19.
Give the main uses of –

  1. Methane
  2. Ethane
  3. Ethene
  4. Ethyne
  5. Ethanol
  6. Ethanoic acid.

Answer:
The main uses of:
(1) Methane and

(2) Ethane –

(a) Illuminant and domestic fuel: In the form of natural gas or gobar gas. [Hydrocarbons – have high calorific value. They are easily combustible and the reaction is exothermic – releasing heat energy. Hence they are excellent fuels]
(b) In manufacture of chemicals : Used as :

  1. Chloroform : Solvent for rubber, waxes. As an anaesthesia.
  2. Carbon black : A black pigment in shoe polishes, printers ink etc.
  3. Formaldehyde : An antiseptic, preservative for biological specimens.
  4. Methanol : Solvent for varnishes, anti-freeze for automobiles.
  5. Ethanol: Solvent for resins, a low freezing liquid in thermometers.

(3)  Ethene –

(a) Production of oxy-ethylene torch : For welding purposes and cutting metals.
(b) Ripening of green fruits : Artificial ripening and preservation of fruits.
(c) Catalytic hydrogenation: Used in hardening of oils.
(d) It is also used in manufacturing of :

  1. Synthetic chemicals : Ethylene glycol [anti-freeze], di-ethyl ether [solvent], ethylene oxide [fumigant], mustard gas [chemical warfare],
  2. Polymers : Polyetheylene, polyvinyl chloride [P.V.C.]- used in packaging, insulators, containers, rain coats etc.

(4) Ethyne –

(a) It is used for producing oxy-acetylene flame for welding and cutting purposes as it produces temperature as high as 3500°C.
(b) It is used as an illuminant in oxyacetylene lamp.
(c) It is used in the manufacture of solvent like westron (C2H2C14) and westrosol (CHCl = CC2).

(5) Ethanol – Main Uses of Ethanol

(a) As a solvent – For gums and resins
(b) In thermometers and spirit levels – Low freezing mobile liquid, [freezing point – 114.1°C].
(c) In manufacture of chemicals – Acetaldehyde [dyes], acetic acid [manufacture of vinegar], chloroform [antiseptic] diethyl ether [anaeshetic].

(6) Ethanoic acid –
Uses :

(a) It is used as a solvent for many organic reactions.
(b) It is used as vinegar for preparing pickles etc.
(c) It is used for preparing various organic compounds like acetone, acetic anhydride ester etc.
(d) It is used as cogulating agent in rubber industries.
(e) It is used for making perfumes and medicines.

UNIT TEST PAPER 8 — ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

Question 1.
Draw the branched structural formula of the following organic compounds whose IUPAC names are given below.

  1. Pent-l-ene
  2. But-2-yne
  3. 3-methyl pentane
  4. 2-methyl-prop-l-ene
  5. Pentane-3-ol
  6. 1, 1, 2, 2 tetrabromoethane
  7. 2-methyl butan -2-ol
  8. 2, 2 dimethylpropan-l-ol
  9. 2, 2 dimethyl propane
  10. 2-bromo-4-chloro pentane

Ans.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 110

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 111
Question 2.
Select the correct answer from the choice in brackets.

1. The vapour density of the fifth member of the homologous series of alkanes. [22 / 36 / 29]
2. The isomer of pentane which has ‘1’ C atom attached to ‘4’ other C atoms [n – / iso- / neo-] pentane.
3. The IUPAC name of the product of reaction of ethylene with hydrogen bromide, [ethyl bromide / bromoethane / dibromoethane]
4. The IUPAC name of methyl acetylene. [1-butyne / propyne / ethyne]
5. The functional group in ethanoic acid, [aldehydic / carboxyl / hydroxyl]
Ans:

  1. 36
  2. neo-pentane
  3. bromoethane
  4. propyne
  5. carboxyl

Question 3.
Give balanced equations for the following conversions.New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 112
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 113
Question 4.
Select from the letters A to G the correct answer corresponding to the statements from 1 to 5 :
A :Ammoniacal CuCl2,
B : Trichloromethane,
C : Trichloroethane,
D : Bromine soln.,
E : Aqueous KOH
F : Ethene,
G : Sodalime,
H : Ethanol,
I : Ethyne.

  1. The organic compound which forms carbon tetrachloride on reaction with chlorine.
  2. The reagent which can distinguish between ethene and ethyne.
  3. The substance which reacts with bromoethane to give ethanol.
  4. The substance which gives bromoethane on reaction with hydrogen bromide.
  5. The substance which reacts with acetic acid to give CH3COOC2H5

Answer:

(1) -B
Explination

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 114
(2) – A
Explanation: [Only ethyne gives red ppt. of dicopper acetylide with ammoniacal Cu2Cl2 or CuCl]

(3) -E
Explination

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 115

(4) -F
Eplination
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 116

(5) -H
Explanation
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 117

Question 5.
Give balanced equations for the following conversions.

  1. An alkyne to an alkene.
  2. An alkene to an alkane.
  3. An alkane to an alcohol.
  4. An alcohol to an alkene.
  5. A carboxylic acid to an ammonium salt

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 118

Question 6.
Give reasons for the following :

Question 6(1).
Concentrated sulphuric acid maybe added during esterification of acetic acid.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 8 Organic Chemistry 119

Cone. H2SO4, a strong dehydrating agent helps in the removal of water thus shifting the equilibrium in the forward direction, resulting the formation of more of ethyl acetate (ester).

Question 6(2).
Isomers belonging to the same homologous series may differ in physical properties but not in chemical properties.
Answer:
Isomers of the same homologous series have the same functional group (if any) and as such have similar chemical properties. As isomeres are different compounds they differ in one or more of their physical properties.

Question 6(3).
A given organic compound can be assigned only one name on the basis of the IUPAC system.
Answer:
This statement is not correct.Correct statement is : An organic compound may have more than one IUPAC name  (out of all these one is a preferred IUPAC name) but two compounds cannot have the same IUPAC name because thismay lead to confusion.

Question 6(4).
Substitution reactions are characteristic reactions of saturated organic compounds only.
Answer:
Addition reactions are not possible in case of saturated organic compounds. Saturated organic           compounds can only undergo substitution reactions.

Question 6(5).
Acetic acid is considered an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid.
Answer:
Acetic acid or ethanoic acid, CH3COOH has one carboxylic acid group (—COOH). Hence it is a monocarboxylic acid. As it has no benzene ring in it, it is  not aromatic and hence it is an aliphatic monocarboxylic acid.

 

For More Resources

Hope given New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Organic Chemistry are helpful to complete your math homework.
If you have any doubts, please comment below. aplustopper try to provide online math tutoring for you.

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Practical Chemistry

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Practical Chemistry

ICSE SolutionsSelina ICSE SolutionsML Aggarwal Solutions

Viraf J Dalal Chemistry Class 10 Solutions and Answers

Simplified ChemistryEnglishMathsPhysicsChemistryBiology

These Solutions are part of New Simplified Middle School Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Here we have given New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Practical Chemistry

2003

Question 1.
State the colour of the residue obtained on cooling when the following carbonates are heated :

  1. zinc carbonate
  2. lead carbonate
  3. copper carbonate.

Answer:

  1. In case of zinc carbonate, residue is yellow when hot and White when cold
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 4
  2. In case of lead carbonate, residue is reddish-brown when hot and yellow when cold
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 4.1
  3. In case of Copper carbonate, residue is black when cold.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 4.2

2004

Question 1.
Sodium hydroxide solution is added first in a small quantity, then in excess to the aqueous salt solutions of copper (II) sulphate, zinc nitrate, lead nitrate, calciumchloride and iron (III) sulphate. For each of the aqueous salt solutions, state —

(a) the colour of the precipitate when NaOH is added in a small quantity ;
(b) the nature of precipitate (i.e. soluble or insoluble) when NaOH is added in excess.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 5

2005

Question 1.
The questions below refer to the following salt solutions listed A to F : A : Copper nitrate B : Iron (II) sulphate C : Iron (HI) chloride D : Lead nitrate E : Magnesium sulphate F : Zinc chloride.

  1. Which two solutions will give a white precipitate when treated with dilute hydrochloric acid followed by barium chloride solution, (i.e. white ppt. insoluble in dil. HCl)
  2. Which two solutions will give a white ppt. when treated with dil. HNO3 and AgNO3 soln.
  3. Which soln. will give a white ppt. when either dil. HCl or dil. H2SO4 is added to it.
  4. Which soin. becomes a deep/inky blue colour when excess of ammonium hydroxide is added to it.
  5. Which solution gives a white precipitate with excess ammonium hydroxide solution.

Answer:

  1. B and E [Iron(II) Sulphate and Magnesium sulphate]
  2. C and F [Iron(II) chloride and Zinc chloride]
  3. D [Lead nitrate]
  4. A [Copper nitrate]
  5. D [Lead nitrate]

2006

Question 1.
From the list of substances given—Ammonium sulphate, Lead carbonate, Chlorine, Copper nitrate, Ferrous sulphate — State : A substance that turns moist starch iodide paper blue.
Answer:
Chlorine

Question 2.
State what is observed when excess of ammonia passed through an aqueous solution of lead nitrate.
Answer:
When ammonia is passed through an aq. solution of lead nitrate, chalky white precipitate of lead hydroxide is formed which is insoluble in excess of ammonia.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 6

Question 3.
Give one test each to distinguish between the following pairs of chemicals solutions

  1. Zn(NO3)2 and Ca(NO3)2
  2. NaNO3 and NaCI
  3. Iron [III] chloride and copper chloride.

Answer:

  1. Add NaOH solution in excess to the two solutions. The one in which white ppt. initially formed dissolves in excess of NaOH solution is Zn(NO3)2 solution and the other is Ca(NO3)2 solution.
  2. Add freshly prepared ferrous sulphate solution to the two solutions. Then by the side of the test tube, pour cone, sulphuric acid (H2SO4) to each slowly. The one in which brown ring appears is sodium nitrate solution while the other is sodium chloride sol.
  3. Add NaOH solution to both the solutions. The one which give a reddish brown ppt. is Iron(II) chloride solution and the one which gives blue ppt. is copper chloride solution.

Question 4.
Give a reason why carbon dioxide and sulphur dioxide cannot be distinguished by using lime water.
Answer:
Because both turns lime water milky.

2007

Question 1.
Salts A, B, C, D and E undergo reaction (i) to (v) respectively. Identify the anion present in these salts on the basis of these reactions.

  1. When AgNO3 solution is added to a soln. of A, a white precipitate, insoluble in dilute nitric acid, is formed.
  2. Addition of dil. HCl to B produces a gas which turns lead acetate paper black.
  3. When a freshly prepared solution of FeSO4 is added to a soln. of C and cone. H2SO4 is gently poured from the side of the test-tube, a brown ring is formed.
  4. When dil. H2SO4 is added to D a gas is produced which turns acidified K2Cr2O7 soln. from orange to green.
  5. Addition of dil. HCI to E produced an effervescence. The gas produced turns limewater milky but does not effect acidified K2Cr2O7 soln.

Answer:

  1. Chloride Cl1-
  2. Sulphide S2-
  3. Nitrate NO32-
  4. Sulphite SO32-
  5. Carbonate CO32-

Question 2.
How will the addition of barium chloride soln. help to distinguish between dil. HCl and dil. H2SO4.
Answer:
Barium chloride does not react with dil HCl but with dil H2SO4 gives a white ppt. of barium sulphate.

2008

Question 1.
The salt which, in solution gives a pale green ppt. with sodium hydroxide solution and a white precipitate with barium chloride solution is :

A : Iron (III) sulphate
B : Iron (II) sulphate
C : Iron (II) chloride
D : Iron (III) chloride

Answer:

B : Iron (II) sulphate

2009

Question 1.
Carbon dioxide and sulphur dioxide gas can be distinguished by using :

(A) Moist blue litmus paper
(B) Lime water
(C) Acidified potassium dichromate paper
(D) None of the above.

Answer:

(C) Acidified potassium dichromate paper

Question 2.
Identity the substances ‘R’ based on the information given below :
The pale green solid ‘R’ turns reddish brown on heating. Its aqueous solution gives a white precipitate with barium chloride solution. The precipitate is insoluble in mineral acids.
Answer:
Ferrous sulphate (Fe2SO4).

Question 3.
Give one chemical test to distinguish between the following pairs of compounds.

  1. ZnSO4 and ZnCl2
  2. FeCl2 and FeCl3
  3. Calcium nitrate soln. and Calcium chloride soln.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 8
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 9

2010

Question 1.
Select the correct answer from A, B, C, D and E –

(A) Nitroso Iron (II) sulphate
(B) Iron (III) chloride
(C) Chromium sulphate
(D) Lead (II) chloride
(E) Sodium chloride.

The compound which is responsible for the green colour formed when SO2 is bubbled through acidified potassium dichromate solution.
Answer:

(C) Chromium sulphate

Question 2.
State your observation –

  1. A piece of moist blue litmus paper
  2. Paper soaked in potassium permanganate solution- is introduced into a gas jar of sulphur dioxide.

Answer:

  1. Moist blue litmus turns red and finally colourless as SO2 act as an acidic gas and then a bleaching agent.
  2. The pink colour of potassium permanganate paper turns colourless because of bleaching property of sulphur dioxide.

Question 3.
Write the equation for the reaction of magnesium sulphate solution with barium chloride solution.
Answer:
MgSO4 + BaCl2 → BaSO4 + MgCl2

2011

Question 1.
Choose from the list of substances – Acetylence gas, aqua fortis, coke, brass, barium chloride, bronze, platinum.
An aqueous salt solution used for testing sulphate radical.
Answer:
Barium chloride.

2012

Question 1.
Name the gas which turns acidified potassium dichromate clear green.
Answer:
Sulphur dioxide gas (SOs)

Question 2.
Identify the anion present in the following compounds :

  1. Compound X on heating with copper turnings and concentrated sulphuric acid liberates a reddish brown gas.
  2. When a solution of compound Y is treated with silver nitrate solution a white precipitate is obtained which is soluble in excess of ammonium hydroxide solution.
  3. Compound Z which on reacting with dilute sulphuric acid liberates a gas which turns lime waer milky, but the gas has no effect on acidified potassium dichromate solution.
  4. Compound L on reacting with Barium chloride solution gives a white precipitate insoluble in dilute hydrochloric acid or dilute nitric acid.

Answer:

  1. Nitrate ion, NO3
  2. Chloride ion, Cl
  3. Carbonate ion, CO32-
  4. Sulphate ion, SO42-

Question 3.
State one chemical test between each of the following pairs :

  1. Sodium carbonate and Sodium sulphite
  2. Ferrous nitrate and Lead nitrate
  3. Manganese dioxide and Copper(II) oxide

Answer:

  1. Treat each of the compound with dilute sulphuric acid. In case of sodium carbonate a colourless and odourless gas is evolved. In case of sodium sulphite a colourless gas evolved which has a choking smell and causes coughing.
  2. To each of the aqueous solutions of compounds add aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. A dirty green precipitate is formed in case of ferrous nitrate, whereas a white chalky precipitate is formed in case of lead nitrate.
  3. Heat each of the compound with cone, hydrochloric acid. In case of manganese dioxide a greenish yellow gas (chlorine) is evolved. In case of copper(II) oxide, no gas evolved and a bluish green solution is formed.

Question 4.
State one observation : A zinc granule is added to copper sulphate solution.
Answer:
The blue colour of copper sulphate solution fades to form a colourless solution.

Question 5.
Give balanced equation for the reaction :
Silver nitrate solution and Sodium chloride solution.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 11

2013

Question 1.
Give a chemical test to distinguish between :

  1. NaCl soln. and NaNO3 soln.
  2. HCl gas and H2S gas.
  3. Calcium nitrate soln. and zinc nitrate soln.
  4. Carbon dioxide gas and sulphur dioxide gas.

Answer:

  1. Add silver nitrate solution to sodium chloride solution and sodium nitrate solution. In case of sodium chloride, a curdy white ppt. is formed. In case of sodium nitrate solution the reaction mixture remains colourless.
  2. Moist lead acetate paper turns black in case of hydrogen sulphide gas, but does not change its colour in case of hydrogen chloride gas.
  3. To each of the solution add first sodium hydroxide solution in small amount and then in excess. In case of calcium y nitrate a fine white precipitate is formed, which does not dissolve in excess of sodium hydroxide. In case of zinc nitrate a gelatin like white precipitate is formed which dissolves in excess of sodium hydroxide.
  4. To each of the gas add few drops of acidified potassium dichromate solution. In case of carbon dioxide no change takes place. In case of sulphur dioxide, potassium dichromate solution turns blue.

Question 2.
From A : CO ; B : CO2 ; C : NO2 ; D : SO3 – State which will not produce an acid on reaction with water.
Answer:
A : CO

2014

Question 1.
Distinguish between : Sodium nitrate and sodium sulphite (using dilute sulphuric acid)
Answer:
Sodium nitrate will not react with dilute sulphuric acid.
Sodium sulphite reacts with dil. sulphuric acid to liberate foul smelling hydrogen sulphide gas.

Question 2.
State your observation : When moist starch iodide paper is introduced into chlorine gas.
Answer:
The starch iodide paper turns blue due to the liberation of free iodine.

Question 3.
The flame test with a salt P gave a brick red flame. What is the cation in P?
Answer:
Cation in P is Ca2+ (calcium ion).

Question 4.
Gas Q turns moist lead acetate paper silvery black. Identify the gas Q.
pH of liquid R is 10. What kind of substance is R?
Answer:
The gas Q is H2S (Hydrogen sulphide).
The substance R is a alkaline.

2015

Question 1.
Select the gas that has a charateristic rotten egg smell. [ammonia, ethane, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen sulphide, ethyne]
Answer:
Hydrogen sulphide

Question 2.
State one relevant observation : When hydrogen sulphide gas is passed through lead acetate solution.
Answer:
When hydrogen sulphide gas is passed through lead acetate solution, it forms a black precipitate of lead sulphide.

Question 3.
Identify the anion present in each of the following compounds: A, B, C :

  1. Salt ‘A’ reacts with cone. H2SO4 producing gas which fumes in moist air and gives dense fumes with ammonia.
  2. Salt ‘B’ reacts with dil. H2SO4 producing a gas which turns lime water milky but has no effect on acidified potassium dichromate solution.
  3. When barium chloride solution is added to salt solution. ‘C’ a white precipitate insoluble in dilute hydrochloric acid is obtained.

Answer:

  1. Chloride ion (Cl)
  2. Carbonate ion (CO32) or bicarbonate ion (HCO3-1)
  3. Sulphate ion (SO42-)

Question 4.
Identify the cation present in each of the following compounds — W, X, Y, Z :

  1. To solution ‘W’, ammonium hydroxide is added in minimum quantity first and then in excess. A dirty white precipitate is formed which dissolves in excess to form a clear solution.
  2. To solution ‘X’ ammonium hydroxide is added in minimum quantity first and then in excess. A pale blue precipitate is formed which dissolves in excess to form a clear inky blue solution.
  3. To solution ‘Y’ a small amount of sodium hydroxide is added slowly and then in excess. A white insoluble precipitate is formed.
  4. To a salt ‘Z’ calcium hydroxide solution is added and then the mixture is heated. A pungent smelling gas turning moist red litmus paper blue is obtained.

Answer:

  1. Zn2+ (Zinc Ion)
  2. Cu2+ (Copper (II) Ion)
  3. Ca2+ (Calcium Ion)
  4. NH4+ (Ammonium Ion)

2016

Question 1.
Identify the cations in each of the following cases :

  1. NaOH solution when added to the solution ‘A’ gives a reddish brown precipitate.
  2. NH4OH solution when added to the solution ‘B’ gives white ppt which does not dissolve in excess.
  3. NaOH solution when added to the solution ‘C’ gives white ppt which is insoluble in excess.

Answer:

  1. Ferric (Fe3+) ion
  2. Plumbous (Pb2+) ion
  3. Calcium (Ca2+) ion

2017

Question 1.
Choose the correct answer from the options – A chloride which forms a precipitate that is soluble in excess of ammonium hydroxide, is :

A. Calcium chloride
B. Ferrous chloride
C. Ferric chloride
D. Copper chloride.

Answer:

D. Copper chloride.

Question 2.
Identify the substance underlined – Cation that does not form a precipitate with ammonium hydroxide but forms one with sodium hydroxide.
Answer:
Magnesium ions.

Question 3.
Identify the salts P and Q from the observations given below :

  1. On performing the flame test salt P produces a lilac coloured flame and its solution gives a white precipitate with silver nitrate solution, which is soluble in ammonium hydroxide solution.
  2. When dilute HCl is added to a salt Q, a brisk effervescence is produced and the gas turns lime water milky. When NH4OH solution is added to the above mixture [after adding dilute HCl], it produces a white precipitate which is soluble in excess NH4OH solution.

Answer:

(i) The salt P is potassium chloride.

  • Reason : K+ ions give lilac colour to flame and Cl ions react with silver nitrate to form silver chloride precipitate which is soluble in excess of ammonium hydroxide.

(ii) The salt Q is zinc carbonate.

  • Reason : CO3-2 ions are responsible for the liberation of carbon dioxide with HCl. The salt formed is zinc chloride which forms white precipitate with ammonium hydroxide. This precipitate is soluble in excess of ammonium hydroxide.

Additional Questions

Question 1.
The following materials are provided – solutions of cobalt chloride, ammonia, potassium permanganate, lime water, starch-iodide, sodium hydroxide, lead acetate, potassium iodide. Also provided are litmus and filter papers, glowing splinters and glass rods. Using the above how would you distinguish between :

(a) a neutral, acidic and a basic gas
(b) oxygen and hydrogen gas
(c) carbon dioxide and sulphur dioxide gas
(d) chlorine and hydrogen chloride gas
(e) hydrogen sulphide and nitrogen dioxide gas
(f) ammonia and carbon dioxide gas
(g) zinc carbonate and potassium nitrate
(h) hydrated copper sulphate and anhydrous copper sulphate
(i) ammonium sulphate and sodium sulphate.

Answer:

(a) Neutral gas does not effect litmus paper. Acidic gas turns blue litmus paper red and basic gas turns red litmus blue.
(b) Oxygen is obtained by heating KMNO4 whereas hydrogen gas is obtained with the action of Zn and dil H2SO4.
(c) No effect of CO2 on KMnO4 or K2Cr2O7 whereas SO2 turns K2Cr2O7 from orange to green.
(d) Chlorine decolourises the colouring matter whereas HCl does not.
(e) H2S gas turns KMnO4 from pink to colourless and NO2 liberates violet vapours with KI.
(f) NH3 turns red litmus blue and S02 turns blue litmus red.
(g) Lime water turns zinc carbonate milky and no effect on potassium nitrate.
(h) Hydrated copper sulphate anhydrous copper sulphate. Take some dry CuSO4 on filter paper. It will be white in colour.
anhydrous copper sulphate white in colour. CuSO4 (white powder)
Now keep it in air for some time, it will absorb water vapous from atmosphers, its colour will change to blue.
(i) Ammonium sulphate and sodium sulphate : When ammonium sulphate is heated with NaOH, gas ammonia is producedwhich turns red litmus blue. But sodium sulphate has no reaction with NaOH.

Question 2.
Give a chemical test to distinguish between the following:

  1. Sodium carbonate and sodium sulphate
  2. Potassium chloride and potassium nitrate
  3. Copper carbonate and copper sulphite
  4. Lead chloride and lead sulphide
  5. Iron (II) sulphate and iron (III) sulphate
  6. Calcium sulphate and zinc sulphate
  7. Lead nitrate and zinc nitrate
  8. Copper sulphate and calcium sulphate
  9. Manganese dioxide and copper (II) oxide
  10. dil. HCl, dil. HNO3, dil. H2SO4.

[explain the procedure for the preparation of the solutions for the above tests wherever required]
Answer:
(i) Sodium carbonate and sodium sulphate : Add BaCl2 solution to Na2CO3,a white precipitates produced which are soluble in dil. HCl.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 18
(ii) Add cone. H2SO4 to potassium chloride and heat.
colourless gas produced which gives dense-white fumes when a glass rod dipped in ammonia is brought near it.
To the salt solution potassium nitrate, add cone. H2SO4 and copper turnings and heat.
Reddish brown fumes evolved which gives violvet vapours and turns potassium iodide paper brown.
(iii) On adding dilute H2SO4 to copper carbonate acid heating, a colorless odour less gas is evolved which turns lime water milky and has no effect on KMnO4 or K2Cr2O7 solution.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 18.1
CO2 gas turns lime water milky.
Now add dil. H2SO4 to copper sulphite and heat.
A colourless gas with suffocating odour evolved which turns lime water milky and changes then pink colour of acidified KMnO4 to colourless and orange colour of acidified K2Cr2O7 to clear green.
(iv) Added MnO2 and cone. H2SO4 to the salt Lead Chloride and heat it.
A greenish coloured yellow coloured gas with punget odour is evolved which turns moist starch iodide paper blue black.
Now add dil. H2SO4 to Lead sulphide and heat.
Colourless gas with rotten egg smell is evolved. The gas evolved turns moist lead acetate paper silvery black.
(v) Iron (II) sulphate is when reacted with small amount of NaOH solution, dirty green precipitates of Iron (II) hydroxide are produced which are insoluble in excess of NaOH.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 19
Iron (III) sulphate is when reacted with small amount of NaOH solution, reddish brown precipitates of Fe(OH)3 are formed which are insoluble in excess of NaOH.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 19.1
(vi) Add sol. of NaOH to calcium sulphate solution, milky white ppts. of calcium hydroxide are formed which are soluble in excess of NaOH.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 19.2
Now add NaOH to zinc sulphate a white ppts of Zn(OH)2 are produced which are soluble in excess of NaOH.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 19.3
Also when sol. of NH4OH is add to CaSO4, no ppts. are formed i. e., no reaction whereas when a sol. of NH4OH is add to ZnSO4, gelatinous white ppts. are formed which are soluble is excess of NH4OH.
(vii) When a sol. of NH4OH in small amount is added to lead nitrate sol. a chalky white precipitates of lead hydroxide are produced. The precipitats so formed are unsoluble in excess of NH4OH.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 20
Now add NH4(OH) in small amount to zinc nitrate, a Gelatinous white precipitates of Zn(OH)2 are formed which are soluble in excess of NH4OH.
(viii) When a sol. of NaOH in small amount is added to copper sulphate, pale blue precipitates of copper (II) hydroxide are formed which are insoluble in excess of NaOH.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 20.1
Now add sol. of NaOH to calcium sulphate sol. milky white ppts. of Ca(OH)2 are formed which are insoluble in excess of NaOH.
(ix) Test : (i) Add cone. HCl to the sol. and heat, (ii) Filter the sol. after reaction.
Manganese dioxide (Black) : Greenish coloured gas is evolved MnO2 + 4HCl → MnCl2 + 2H2O + ClFilterate is brownish in colour.
Copper (II) oxide : There is no evolution of chlorine gas. CuO → 2HCl + CuCl2 + H2O Filterate is blueish colour.
(x) Dil. HCl is prepared by dissolving HCl gas in water. It ionises to H3O+ and CT ions. HCl gas is prepared by explosive mixture of equal volumes of hydrogen gas and chlorine gas.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 21

Question 3.
Identify the cation (positive ion) and anion (negative ion) in the following substances, A, B and C. Also identify P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W.
(a) Substance ‘A’is water soluble and gives a curdy white precipitate ‘P’ with silver nitrate solution. ‘P’ is soluble in ammonium hydroxide but insoluble in dil. HNO3. Substance ‘A’ reacts with ammonium hydroxide solution to give a white precipitate ‘Q’ soluble in excess of NH4OH.
(b) A solution of substance ‘B’ is added to barium chloride solution. A white ppt. ‘R’ is formed, insoluble in dil. HCl or HNO3. A dirty green ppt. ‘S’ is formed on addition of ammonium hydroxide to a solution of ‘B’ and the precipitate is insoluble in excess of ammonium hydroxide.
(c) Substance ‘C’ is a coloured, crystalline salt which on heating decomposes leaving a black residue ‘T’. On addition of copper turnings and cone. H2SO2 to ‘C’ a coloured acidic gas ‘U’ is evolved on heating. A solution of ‘C’ is added to NaOH soln. until in excess. A pale blue ppt. ‘P’ is obtained insoluble in excess of NaOH. A solution of ‘C’ then added to NH4 soln. in excess to gives an inky blue solution ‘V’. A solution of ‘C’ is warmed and hydrogen sulphide gas is passed through it. A black ppt. ‘W’ appears.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 22
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 23

Unit Test Paper — Chemistry Practicals

Q.1. Match the ‘cations’ A to F and the solubility of ppt. G or H with the correct colours from ‘X’ and ‘Y’.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 23.1

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 23.2
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 24

Q.2. Select the correct ‘anion’ of a salt from the anions given, which matches with description 1 to 5.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 24.1

  1. The salt soln. reacts with AgNO3 soln. to give a white ppt. insoluble in dil. HNO3.
  2. The salt soln. reacts with Ba(NO3)2 soln. to give a white ppt. insoluble in dil. HNO3.
  3. The salt soln. reacts with Ba(NO3)2 soln. to give a white ppt. soluble in dil. HNO3 but insoluble in dil. H2SO4.
  4. The salt reacts with dil. H2SO4 on heating evolving a gas which turns KMnO4 soln. pink to colourless.
  5. The salt reacts with cone. H2SO4 on heating evolving a coloured gas which turns potassium iodide paper brown.

Answer:

  1. Cl ion(D)
  2. SO42-– ion(C)
  3. C032- ion (A)
  4. S2- ion (E)
  5. NO31- ion(B)

Q.3. Give balanced equations for the conversions A and B.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 24.2
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 25
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 25.1

Q.4. Complete the table given below :
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 25.2

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions - Practical Chemistry 26

Q.5. Select the correct word from the words in bracket.

  1. The solution which on heating with CaCO3 evolves CO2 gas. [cone. H2SO4 / dil.H2SO4 / dil. HCl]
  2. The solution which can be used to distinguish an ammonium salt from a sodium salt. [CuCl2 soln. / NH4OH / dil. H2SO4 / AgNO3 soln.]
  3. The pH of blood is around 7.4, of saliva is 6.5 and of acid rain is around 4.5. The solution which is slightly alkaline of the three, [saliva / acid rain / blood]
  4. Decomposition of [NaCl / NaHCO3 / NaNO3] by dil. H2SO4, forms an unstable acid.
  5. A metal which reacts with an alkali to liberate hydrogen, [iron / copper / aluminium]

Answer:

  1. dil. HCl
  2. CuCl2soln.
  3. blood
  4. NaHCO3
  5. aluminium.

Hope given New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Practical Chemistry are helpful to complete your math homework.
If you have any doubts, please comment below. aplustopper try to provide online math tutoring for you.

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Sulphuric Acid

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Study Of Compounds – Sulphuric Acid

ICSE SolutionsSelina ICSE SolutionsML Aggarwal Solutions

Viraf J Dalal Chemistry Class 10 Solutions and Answers

Simplified ChemistryEnglishMathsPhysicsChemistryBiology

QUESTIONS
2000

Question 1.
What do you see when concentrated sulphuric acid is added to copper sulphate 5-water.
Answer:
The colour of blue crystal of CuSO4.5H2O changes to white amorphous as the compound loses its water of crystallisation.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 1
Question 2.
Name one catalyst used industrially which speeds up the conversion of SO2 to SO3 in the production of sulphuric acid in the laboratory or industrially. Write the equation for the conversion of sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide. Why does this reaction supply energy. What is the name of the compound formed between SO4 and sulphuric acid.
Answer:
V2O5; It is exothermic reaction ; oleum.

2001

Question 1.
Write equations for:

  1. H2SO4 – producing H2,
  2. Between Pb(NO3)2 and dil. H2SO4.

Answer:

  1.  Zn + H2SO4(dil.) → ZnSO4 + H2
  2. Pb (NO3)2 + H2SO4 (dil.) → PbSO4 ↓+ 2HNO3

Question 2.
Explain how a reagent chosen from: ammonium hydroxide, barium chloride, sodium chloride, sodium hydroxide, sulphuric acid and nitric acid enables to distinguish between the two acids mentioned there in.
Answer:
Barium chloride can be used to distinguish between sulphuric acid and nitric acid. Out of these two acids only sulphuric acid gives a white precipitate with barium chloride solution.

2002

Question 1.
State the substance/s reacted with dilute or concentrated sulphuric acid to form the following gases: 

  1. Hydrogen
  2. Carbon dioxide.

State whether the acid used in each case is dilute or concentrated.
Answer:
(1) Zinc (or any other reactive metal) reacts with dil. H2SO4 to give hydrogen.
Zn (s) + H2SO4 (aq.) → ZnSO4 (aq.) + H2(g)
(2) Sodium carbonate reacts with dil. H2S04 to give C02
Na2C03(s) + H2SO4(aq.) → Na2SO4(aq.) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)
The above reaction can also be carried out with NaHCO3 (sodium bicarbonate) or KHCO3 (potassium bicarbonate)

Question 2.
Write the equations for the laboratory preparation of:

  1.  Sodium sulphate (Na2SO4) using dil. H2SO4,
  2. Lead sulphate (PbSO4) using dil. H2SO4.

Answer:

  1. 2NaOH + H2SO4 (dil) → Na2SO4 + 2H2O
  2. Pb(NO3)2 + H2SO4 (dil) → PbSO4 + 2HNO3

2003

Question 1.
State the name of the process by which H2SO4 is manufactured. Name the catalyst used.
Answer:
By Contact process — vanadium pentoxide (V2O5)

Question 2.
“Concentrated sulphuric acid is used in the laboratory preparation of nitric acid and hydrochloric acid because it is………. (less volatile / stronger) in comparison to these two acids.”
Answer:
Less volatile

Question 3.
Write the equations for the laboratory preparation of the following salts using sulphuric acid:

  1. Copper sulphate from copper
  2. Lead sulphate from lead nitrate

Answer:

  1. Cu + 2H2SO4 (dil) → CuSO4 + SO2 + H2O
  2. Pb (NO3)2 + H2SO4  → PbSO4 + 2HNO3

2004

Question 1.
Name the catalyst which helps in the conversion of sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide.
Answer:
Platinum or Vanadium pentoxide.

Question 2.
In the Contact process, sulphur trioxide is not converted to sulphuric acid by reacting it with water. Instead a two- step procedure is used. Write the equations for the two steps involved.
Answer:
The equations for the two steps involved are:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 2

2005

Question 1.
Write balanced equations for the following:

  1. Potassium hydrogen carbonate and dilute sulphuric acid.
  2. Sodium nitrate and concentrated sulphuric acid.

Answer:

  1. 2KHCO. + H2SO4 (dil) → K2SO4 + 2H2O + 2CO2
  2.  2NaN03 + H2S04 (cone) → Na2S04 + 2HNO3

Question 2.
Choose the property of sulphuric acid (A, B, C or D), which is relevant to each of the preparations
(1) to (2) : A: dil. acid (typical acid properties), B: Non-volatile acid, C: Oxidizing agent, D: Dehydrating agent. Preparation of
(1) HCl
(2) ethene from ethanol
(3) copper sulphate from copper oxide.
Answer:

  1. Non volatile acid (B)
  2. Dehydrating agent (D)
  3. dil. acid (A)

2006

Question 1.
Name the process used for the large scale manufacture of sulphuric acid.
Answer:
Contact process.

Question 2.
Which property of sulphuric acid accounts for its use as a dehydrating agent.
Answer:
Sulphuric acid removes water of crystallization.

Question 3.
H2SO4 is an oxidizing agent and a non volatile acid. Write an equation for each property.
Answer:

  1.  Sulphuric acid as an Oxidising agent —
    C + 2H2 SO4 → CO2 + 2SO2 + 2H2O
  2. Sulphuric acid as an Non-volatile acid —
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 3

Question 4.
Select the correct compound from the list — Ammonia, Copper oxide, Copper sulphate, Hydrogen chloride, Hydrogen sulphide, Lead bromide — This compound smells of rotten eggs.
Answer:
Hydrogen sulphide.

2007

Question 1.
Write balanced equation for the following reactions:

  1. Lead sulphate from lead nitrate solution and dilute sulphuric acid.
  2. Copper sulphate from copper and cone, sulphuric acid.

Answer:

  1. Pb(NO3)2 + H2SO4 (dil) → PbSO4 + 2HNO3
  2. Cu + 2H2SO4→ CuSO4 + SO2 + 2H2O
    (Cone)

Question 2.
Properties of H2SO4 are listed below. Choose the property A, B, C or D which is responsible for the reactions (i) to (v). A : Acid B: Dehydrating agent C: Nonvolatile acid D: Oxidizing agent

  1. C12H12O11+ nH2SO4 → 12C + 11H20 + nH2SO4,
  2. S + 2H2SO4 → 3SO2 + 2H2O,
  3. NaCl + H2SO4 → NaHSO4 + HCl,
  4. CuO + H2SO4 → CuSO4 + H2O
  5. Na2CO3 + H2SO4 Na2SO4 + H2O + CO2
    (Some properties may be repeated)

Answer:
(1) B  (2)  D  (3)  C  (4)  A  (5)  A

Question 3.
Dilute hydrochloric acid and dilute sulphuric acid are both colourless solutions. How will the addition of barium chloride solution to each help to distinguish between the two.
Answer:
Out of dilute hydrochloric acid and dilute sulphuric acid, Dilute hydrochloric acid will give a white ppt. of barium sulphate(BaSO4) with barium chloride solution.
H2S04 (dil.) + BaCl2 (aq.) → BaSO4 (s) + 2HCl
HCl(aq.) + BaCl2 (aq.) → No reaction

Question 4.
From HCl, HNOs, H2SO4, state which has the highest boiling point and which has the lowest.
Answer:
H2SO4 [358°C] has highest boiling point. HCl [-85°C] has lowest boiling point.

2008

Question 1.
Dilute sulphuric acid will produce a white precipitate when added to a solution of:
A.Copper nitrate
B. Zinc nitrate
C. Lead nitrate 
D. Sodium nitrate

Question 2.
Identify the following substances :Liquid E can be dehydrated to product ethene.
Answer:
C2H5OH (Ethanol)

Question 3.
Copy and complete the following table relating to an important industrial processes and its final. Output refers to the product of the process not the intermediate steps.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 4
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 5

Question 4.
Making use only of substances given: dil. sulphuric acid, Sodium carbonate, Zinc, Sodium sulphite, Lead, Calcium carbonate: Give eqautions for the reactions by which you could obtain:
(1) hydrogen
(2) sulphur dioxide
(3) carbon dioxide
(4) zinc carbonate (2 steps)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 6
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 7
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 8

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 9

Question 5.
What property of cone. H2SO4 is used in the action when sugar turns black in its presence.
Answer:
Cone. Sulphuric acid is a dehydrating agent.

Question 6.
Write the equations for:
(1) dil. H2SO4 and barium chloride.
(2) dil. H2SO4 and sodium sulphide.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 10

Question 7.
Which property of cone. H2SO4 allows it to be used in the preparation of HCl and HNO3
Answer:
Non volatile acid.

2009

Question 1.
Name the gas evolved (formula is not acceptable). – The gas that can be oxidised to sulphur.
Answer:
Hydrogen sulphide (H2S)

2010

Question 1.
Give the equation for:

  1. Heat on sulphur with cone. H2SO4.
  2.  Reaction of – sugar with cone. H2SO4.

Answer:

  1. Reaction of sulphur with cone. H2SO4
    S + 2H2SO4 (cone.) → 3SO2 + 2H2O
  2.  Reaction of sugar with cone. H2SO4
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 11

Question 2.
Give a balanced equation for the conversion of zinc oxide to zinc sulphate.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 12

Question 3.
Select from A, B, C –
A: Sodium hydroxide solution.
B: A weak acid.
C: Dilute sulphuric acid.
The solution which liberates sulphur dioxide gas, from sodium sulphite.

2011

Question 1.
State your observation when – Sugar crystals are added to cone, sulphuric acid.
Answer:
A lot of effervescence takes place in the test tube. The test tube gets very hot. So in the end sugar crystals change in the black residue.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 13

Question 2.
Choose the correct answer from the choices – The gas evolved when dil. sulphuric acid reacts with iron sulphide.
(a) Hydrogen sulphide
(b) Sulphur dioxide
(c) Sulphur trioxide
(d) Vapour of sulphuric acid.

Question 3.
Give a balanced equation for – Dilute sulphuric acid is poured over sodium sulphite
Answer:
Na2SO3 + H2SO4 (dil.) → Na2SO4 + H2O+ SO2

Question 4.
With the help of balanced equations, outline the manufacture of sulphuric acid by the contact process.
Answer:
Contact process: Sulphur or Pyrite Burner
S + O2 → SO2
Contact Tower
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 14
Absorption Tower
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 15
Dilution Tank
H2S2O7 + H2O → 2 H2SO4

Question 5.
State the property of sulphuric acid shown by the reaction of cone, sulphuric acid when heated with
(a) Potassium nitrate
(b) Carbon?
Answer:
(a) It behaves as a non volatile acid and helps in the production of a volatile acid.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 16

(b) It behaves as an oxidising agent and oxidises carbon to carbon dioxide
C + 2H2 SO4→ CO2 ↑+ 2H2O + 2SO2

2012

Question 1.
Name – The gas produced on reaction of dilute sulphuric acid with a metallic sulphide.
Answer:
Hydrogen sulphide (H2S)

Question 2.
Some properties of sulphuric acid are listed below. Choose the role played by sulphuric acid – A, B, C, or D which is responsible for the reactions (i) to (v). Some role/s may be repeated.
A. Dilute acid
B. Dehydrating agent
C. Non-volatile acid
D. Oxidising agent
(1) New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 17
(2) S+H2SO4 (conc) →3SO2 + 2H2O
(3) New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 18
(4) MgO + H2SO4 → MgSO4 + H20
(5) Zn + 2H2SO4 (cone.) →  ZnSO4 + SO2 + 2H2O
Answer:

  1. B: Dehydrating agent
  2. D: Oxidising agent
  3. C: Non-volatile acid
  4. A: Dilute acid
  5. D: Oxidising agent

Question 3.
Give balanced equation for the reaction : Zinc sulphide and dilute sulphuric acid.
Answer:
ZnS + H2 SO4 (dil.) → ZnSO4 + H2S

2013

Question 1.
State one appropriate observation for : Cone. H2SO4 is added to a crystal of hydrated copper sulphate.
Answer:
The blue coloured hydrated copper sulphate crystals disinte­grate with a hissing sound, giving off steam and leaving behind white residue.

Question 2.
In the given equation S + 2H2SO → 3S02 + 2H2O: Identify the role played by cone. H2S04 i.e.
(A) Non-volatile acid
(B) Oxidising agent
(C) Dehydrating agent
(D) None of the above.

Question 3.
Give a balanced equation for : Dehydration of concen­trated sulphuric acid with sugar crystals.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 19

Question 4.
Identify the substance underlined: A dilute mineral acid which forms a white precipitate when treated with barium chloride solution.
Answer:.
Dilute sulphuric acid.

2014

Question 1.
Write balanced equations for the following: Action of concentrated sulphuric acid on carbon.
Answer:
Action of concentrated sulphuric acid on carbon.
C + 2H2SO → CO2 + 2H20 + 2SO2

Question 2.
Distinguish between the following pairs of compounds using the test given within brackets:Dilute sulphuric acid and dilute hydrochloric acid (using barium chloride solution)
Answer:
Out of dilute H2SO4 and dilute HCl, only dilute H2SO4 gives white ppt. of BaSO4 with barium chloride solution
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 20
BaCl2 + HCl → No ppt. formation

Question 3.
State – Any two conditions for the conversion of sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide.
Answer:

  1. Two condition for the conversion of SO2 to SO3
  2. The mixture of SO2 gas and O2 gas must be pure and dry and in the ratio of 2 : 1 by volume.
  3. The mixture should be passed over platinised asbestos or vanadium pentaoxide maintained
    at 450 ° C.

Question 4.
Give one equation each to show the following properties  of sulphuric acid:
(1) Dehydrating property.
(2) Acidic nature.
(3) As a non-volatile acid.
Answer:

  1. Dehydrating property.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 21
  2. Acidic nature.
    CuO + H2S04 → CuSO + H2O
  3. As a non-volatile acid.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 22

2015

Question 1.
Identify the acid in each case:

  1. The acid which is used in the preparation of a non­volatile acid.
  2. The acid which produces sugar charcoal from sugar.
  3. The acid on mixing with lead nitrate soln. produces a white ppt. which is insoluble even on heating.

Answer:

  1. Nitric acid (cone.)
  2. Cone, sulphuric acid
  3. Dilute hydrochloric acid

Question 2.
Give equations for the action of sulphuric acid on —
(a) Potassium hydrogen carbonate.
(b) Sulphar
Answer:
(a) Action of sulphuric acid on potassium hydrogen carbonate
2KHCO3 + H2SO4 → K2SO4 + 2H,O + 2CO

(b) Action of sulphuric acid on sulphur
S + 2H2SO4 (cone.) → 3SO2, + 2H2O

Question 3.
In the manufacture of sulphuric acid by the Contact process, give the equations for the conversion of sulphur trioxide to sulphuric acid.
Answer:
In the contact process for the manufacture of sulphuric acid, the equations for the conversion of sulphur trioxide to sulphuric acid are
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 23
H2S2O7 + H2O → 2H2SO4

2016

Question 1.
Write balanced chemical equations for: Action of dilute Sulphuric acid on Sodium Sulphite.
Answer:
Na2SO3 + H2SO4(dil) → Na2SO4 + H2O + SO2

Question 2.
State your observations when:

  1. Barium chloride soln. is mixed with sodium sulphate soln.
  2. Concentrated sulphuric acid is added to sugar crystals.

Answer:
(1)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 24

When sodium sulphate is mixed with barium chloride. White coloured precipitates of Barium sulphate are formed.
(2)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 25

When cone, sulphuric acid is added to sugar crystals black spongy mass (sugar charcoal) is formed.

Question 3.
A, B, C and D summarize the properties of sulphuric acid depending on whether it is dilute or concentrated.
A: Typical acid property
B: Non-volatile acid
C: Oxidizing agent
D: Dehydrating agent
Choose the property (A, B, C or D) depending on which is relevant to each of the following:

  1. Preparation of hydrogen chloride gas.
  2. Preparation of copper sulphate from copper oxide.
  3. Action of cone, sulphuric acid on sulphur.

Answer:

  1. Preparation of Hydrogen chloride gas.
    B: Non-volatile acid
  2. Preparation of Copper sulphate from copper oxide.
    A: Typical acid property
  3. Action of cone. Sulphuric acid on Sulphur.
    C: Oxidizing agent

2017

Question 1.
Write the balanced chemical equation for – Action of concentrated sulphuric acid on sulphur.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 26

Question 2.
State one relevant observation for – Action of cone, sulphuric acid on hydrated copper sulphate.
Answer:
Blue coloured copper sulphate crystals crumble with a hissing sound and change to white powdery mass.

Question 3.
State – How will you distinguish between dilute hydrochloric acid and dilute sulphuric acid using lead nitrate solution.
Answer:
Hydrochloric acid forms a white precipitate with lead nitrate solution. This precipitate dissolves on warming the reaction mixture so as to form clear solution. Sulphuric acid forms a white precipitate with lead nitrate solution. This precipitate does not dissolve on warming the reaction mixture.

Question 4.
Write balanced chemical equations to show –

  • The oxidizing action of cone, sulphuric acid on carbon.
  • The behaviour of H2SO4 as an acid when it reacts with magnesium.
  • The dehydrating property of cone, sulphuric acid with sugar.
  • The conversion of SO3 to sulphuric acid in the Contact process.

Answer:

  1. C + 2H2SO4 (cone.) → CO2 + 2SO2 + 2H2O
  2. Mg + H2SO4 (dil.) → MgSO4 + H2 (g)
  3. C12H22O11 + 11 H2S04(conc.) → 12C + 11H2S04.H2O + ΔH
  4. (a) SO3+ H2SO4 (cone.) → H2S2O7 (oleum)
    (b) H2S2O7 + H2O → 2H2SO4 (cone.)

ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS

Question 1.
State why sulphuric acid was called – ‘oil of vitriol’.
Answer:
Sulphuric acid was initially called ‘oil of vitriol ’.It was initially prepared by – distilling green vitriol [FeSO4.7H2O] and hence the name – ‘oil of vitriol’.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 27
Question 2.
State how you would convert
(1) sulphur
(2) chlorine
(3) sulphur dioxide – to sulphur acid.
Answer:

  1. S + 6HNO. [cone.] → 6NO2 + 2H2O + H2SO4
  2. Cl2 + SO2 + 2H2O → 2HCl + H2SO4
  3. 3SO2 + 2HNO3 + 2H2O → 3H2SO4 + 2NO

Question 3.
State the purpose of the ‘Contact process’.
Answer:
When sulphur is burnt in air, it bums with a pale blue flame forming sulphur dioxide and traces of sulphur trioxide.
S + O2→ SO2 [2S + 3O2 → 2SO4 (traces)]
Burning of sulphur or iron pyrites in oxygen is preferred to purified air since heat energy is wasted in heating the unreactive nitrogen component of the air.

Question 4.
In the Contact process

  1. State how you would convert (a) sulphur (b) iron pyrites to sulphur dioxide in the first step of the Contact process.
  2. State the conditions i.e. catalyst, promoter, temperature and pressure in the catalytic oxidation of sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide in the Contact tower. Give a balanced equation for the same.
  3. State why the above catalytic oxidation {reaction supplies energy.
  4. Give a reason why – vanadium pentoxide is preferred to platinum during the catalytic oxidation of sulphur dioxide.
  5. Give a reason why the catalyst mass is heated electrically – only initially.
  6. State why sulphur trioxide vapours are absorbed in concentrated sulphuric acid and not in water to obtain sulphuric acid.

Answer:

  1. S + O2 → 5- SO2
    4FeS2 + 11O2  → 5- 2Fe2O3 + 8SO2
  2. Catalytic oxidation of sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 28
    [Above equation for the catalysed reaction is exothermic- hence supplies energy.]
    Catalyst: Vanadium pentoxide [V2O5] or platinum [Pt],
    Temperature: 450-500°C Pressure : 1 to 2 atmospheres
    Conversion ratio: 98% of sulphur dioxide converted to sulphur trioxide.
  3. The catalytic oxidation of SO2 to SO3 is an – exothermic reaction. Thus this reaction supplies energy in the form of heat.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 29
  4. Vanadium pentoxide is preferred – to platinized asbestos as a catalyst since it is comparatively – cheaper and less easily poisoned or susceptible to impurities.
  5. The catalyst – mass is – only initially heated electrically, since the catalytic oxidation of sulphur dioxide is an exothermic reaction and the heat produced maintains the temperature at 450 – 500°C.
  6. Even though sulphur trioxide is an acid anhydride of sulphuric acid – it is not directly absorbed in water to give sulphuric acid.
    The reaction is highly exothermic resulting in production of – a dense fog of sulphuric acid particles which do not condense easily.
    Hence sulphur trioxide vapours are – dissolved in cone, sulphuric acid to give oleum which on dilution with – the requisite amount of soft water in the dilution tank gives – sulphuric acid of the desired concentration [about 98%].

Question 5.
Give a reason why concentrated sulphuric acid is kept in air tight bottles.
Answer:
Concentrated sulphuric acid has a great affinity for water and as such it is a hygroscopic liquid. Being Hygroscopic, it absorbs moisture from the atmosphere and hence cone, sulphuric acid is kept in air tight bottles.

Question 6.
State the basic steps with reasons, involved in diluting a beaker of cone. H2SO4.
Answer:
For dilution of cone. H2SO4, the cone, acid is always added to water and water is never added to the cone, acid even though heat is evolved in both cases.
Reason: If water is added to cone. H2SO4 the heat produced is sufficient to spontaneously vaporise a part of the few drops of water added. This is because the amount of water is very small and bioling point of water is much lower than cone. H2SO4, which is in bulk. Due to this sudden vaporisation of water cone, acid tend to spurt out and cause serious injuries.
On the other hand, if cone. H2SO4 is added to water, the heat produced in this case can only raise the temperature of water slightly because water is an bulk. Thus, in this case spurting of the cone, acid is avoided.

Question 7.
Give reasons why dilute sulphuric acid:
(1) behaves as an acid when dilute.
(2) is dibasic in nature.
Answer:

  1. Acidic properties of sulphuric acid are due to the presence of – hydronium ions [H3O+ ] formed when H2SOdissociates in aq. solution.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 30
  2. Sulphuric acid dissociates in – aq. solution giving 2H+ ions per molecule – of  the acids .Hence its – basically is two.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 31
    [Basicity is the number of H+ ions formed by dissociation of one molecule of the acid in its aq. soln.]

Question 8.
Convert dil. H.SO, to –

  1. Hydrogen
  2. Carbon dioxide
  3. Sulphur dioxide
  4. Hydrogen sulphide
  5. An acid salt
  6.  A normal salt.

Answer:

  1. Dil H2SO4 to hydrogen by the action of any active metal (say zinc) on dil. H2SO4
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 32
  2. Dil. H2SO4t0 carbon dioxide by the action of any carbonate or bicarbonate on dil. H2SO4
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 33
  3. Dil. H2S04to sulphur dioxide by the action of any sulphide on dil. H2SO4
    Na2SO3 + H2SO4 → Na2SO4 + H2O + SO2
  4. H2SOto hydrogen sulphide by the action of any sulphide on dil. H2SO4
    FeS + H2SO4 (dil.) → FeSO4 + H2S↑
  5. H2S04to an acid by the action of insufficient strong base with excess of dil. H2SO4
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 34
  6. H2SO4to a normal salt by the action of sufficient (or excess of) strong base (NaOH) with excess of dil. FI2SO4
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 35

Question 9.
Give equations for formation of two different acids from cone. H2SO4. State the property of sulphuric acid involved in the above formation.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 36
Property of Sulphuric acid involved in the formation of these acids: Cone. H2SO4 is a non-volatile acid.

Question 10.
Give equations for oxidation of cone. H2SO4 giving the oxidised products –

  1. Carbon dioxide
  2. Sulphur dioxide
  3. Phosphoric acid
  4. Copper (II) sulphate
  5. Iodine
  6. Sulphur respectively.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 37

Question 11.
Give a reason why concentrated and not dil H2SO4 – behave as an oxidising and dehydrating agent.
Answer:

  1. Cone. H2SO4 be aves as an oxidising agent because cone.H2SO4 whes h. ated decomposes to give nascent oxygen which acts as a strong oxidising agent.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 38
    On the other hand, dil H2SO4 on heating does not decompose to give nascent oxygen and as such cannot behave as an oxidising agent.
  2. Cone. H2SO4 behaves as a dehydrating agent because cone. H2SO4 act as a great affinity for water and hydration of cone. H2SO4 is an exothermic reaction.On the other hand, dil H2SO4 has no affinity for water and hence cannot act as a hydrating agent.

Question 12.
Give the equation for the reaction cone, sulphuric acid with –

  1.  glucose
  2. sucrose
  3. cellulose
  4. an organic acid containing one carbon atom and two hydrogen atoms
  5. an organic acid containing two carbon and two hydrogen atoms
  6. an alcohol
  7. hydrated copper (II) sulphate.

Answer:

  1. Reaction of cone. H2SO4 with glucose, CtH12O6
    Dehydration.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 39
  2.  Reaction of cone. H2SO4 with sucrose, C12H12O12 –
    Dehydration.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 40
  3. Reaction of cone. H2SO4 with cellulose, (C6H10O5)n –
    Dehydration.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 41
  4. Reaction of cone. H2SO4 with an organic acid containing one carbon atom and two hydrogen atoms, HCOOH (formic acid or methanoic acid) –
    Dehydration.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 42
  5. Reaction of cone. H2SO4 with an organic acid containing two carbon atom and two hydrogen atoms, [COOH]2 (oxalic acid or erhanedi ic acid) –
    Dehydration.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 43
  6. Reaction of cone. H2SO4 with an alcohol (other than methanol) – say ethyl alcohol or ethanol, c2H5OH
    Dehydration.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 44
  7. Reaction of cone. H2SO4 with hydrated copper (II) sulphate, CuS04. 5H2O (blue vitriol) – Dehydration.New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 45


Question 13.

State the observation seen when cone. H2SO4 is added to –
(1) sucrose
(2 ) hydrated copper (II) sulphate.
Answer:

  1. Cone. H2SO4 dehydrates sucrose to carbon, called sugar charcoal. This is m the form of a black spongy charged mass of carbon.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 46
  2. Cone. H2S04 dehydrates blue crystals of copper (II) sulphate pentahydrate (blue vitriol) to copper sulphite, which is in the form of a white powder.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 47

Question 14.
State how addition of –

  1. copper
  2. NaCl to hot cone. H2SO4 serves as a test for the latter.

Answer:

  1. Copper turnings when heated with cone. H2SO4 gives a colourless suffocating gas with a smell of burning sulphur(SO2). The gas turns orange coloured acidified potassium dichromate solution green. This can be used as a test for cone. H2SO4.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 48
  2. Common salt (NaCl) when heated with cone. H2SO4 gives a colourless gas pungent smell only which (HCl) gives white fumes with NH3. This can be used as a test for cone. H2SO4.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 49

Question 15.
Give two tests for dilute sulphuric acid with balanced equations. State why
(1) BaCl2
(2)  Pb(NO3)2 are used for the above tests.
Answer:

  1. Barrium chloride solution on treating with dilute sulphuric acid forms white ppt. of barium sulphate, which is insoluble in all acids
    BaCl2 + H2SO4 (dil) → 2HCl + BaS04
  2. Lead nitrate on treating with dilute sulphuric acid forms white ppt of lead sulphate, which is insoluble in all acids.
    Pb (NO3)2 + H2SO4 (dil) → 2HNO3 + PbSO4

Question 16.
Give a test to distinguish dilute sulphuric acid from dilute HCl and dilute HNO3.
Answer:
Test to distinguish dil H2SO4 from dil HCl and HNO3- BaCl2 soln. when added to dil. H2S04 gives a white ppt. of BaSO4, but with dil. HCl and dil. HNO3, no white ppt. is produced – since BaCl2 and Ba(NO3)2 are soluble in dil. H2SO4.

Question 17.
State three different chemical compounds other than acids manufactured industrially from sulphuric acid.
Answer:

  1. Barium sulphate
  2. Lead sulphate
  3. Sodium sulphate

UNIT TEST PAPER 7D — H2SO4

Question 1.
Select the correct answer from the choice in brackets.

  1. The oxidised product obtained when sulphur reacts with cone. H2S04. (H2S/SO2/H2SO3).
    Ans. SO2
  1. The dehydrated product obtained when cane sugar reacts with cone. H2S04. (CO / C / CO2)
    Ans. C
  1. The type of salt formed when excess of caustic soda reacts with sulphuric acid, (acid salt / normal salt)
    Ans. Normal salt
  1. The reduced product obtained when hydrogen sulphide reacts with cone. H2S04. (SO, / S / H.O)
    Ans. SO2
  1. The salt which reacts with dil. H2SO4 acid to give an insoluble ppt. (Cu (NO3)2 / Zn (NOs)2 / Pb (NO3)2
    Ans. Pb(NO3)2

Question 2
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 50

  1. Give a balanced equation for the conversion ‘A’.
    Ans. 4FeS2 + 11O2→ 2Fe2O3 + 8SO2
  2. The gaseous mixture of the product of conversion ‘A’ and air contains dust particles as an impurity. Name another impurity in the same mixture.
    Ans: Arsenious oxide (As2O3)
  3. Is the conversion ‘B’ an exothermic or an endothermic reaction. Would lowering the temperature favour or retard the forward reaction.
    Ans. Conversion of SO2 into SO3 is an exothermic reaction. As such lowering of temperature will favour the forward reaction i.e. Formation of SO3.
  4. If the product of conversion ‘B’ is an acid anhydride of H2S04, the anhydride of conversion ‘A’ is………..
    Ans. Acidic.
  5. State why water is added for the conversion ‘D’ and not for the conversion ‘C’
    Ans. SO3 is not directly dissolved in water to give H2SO4. This is because the dissolution of SO3 in water is highly exothermic resulting in production of dense fog of sulphuric acid particles which do not condense easily.

Question 3.
Give balanced equations for the following reactions using sulphuric acid.

  1. Formation of a black mark on a piece of wood on addition of cone. H2SO4 to it.
    Ans. (C6H10O5)n + H2S04 (cone.) → 6(C)n + 5(H2O)n
  2. Oxidation of a foul smelling acidic gas, heavier than air and fairly soluble in H2O by cone. H2SO4.
    Ans. H2S + H,SO4 (cone.) → S + 2H2O + SO2
  3. Formation of an acid salt from sulphuric acid and (a) an alkali (b) a sodium salt.
    Ans.
    (a) Formation of an acid salt from sulphuric acid and an alkali (KOH)
    KOH + H2SO4 (dil.)→ KHSO4 + 2H2O
    (b) Formation of an acid salt from sulphuric acid and a sodium salt (NaCl)
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 51
  4. Formation of a hydrocarbon from an organic compound
    Ans:
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 52
  5. Formation of sulphur dioxide using a metal below hydrogen in the activity series.
    Ans: Cu + 2H2SO4 (cone.) → CuSO4 + 2H2O +SO2

Question 4.
Match the conversions in column ‘X’ using sulphuric acid, with the type of chemical property of sulphuric acid A to E it represents in column ‘Y’
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 53
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 54

Question 5.
Select the correct substance from the substances A to J which react with the sulphuric acid to give the product 1 to 10. [State whether the acid used in each case is dilute or concentrated].
A : Iron
B : Sodium carbonate
C : Sodium chloride
D : Formic acid
E : Sodium nitrate
F : Sodium sulphite
G : Ethyl alcohol
H : Sodium sulphide
I : Sodium hydroxide (excess)
J : Hydrogen sulphide

  1. Product – ulphur dioxide
  2. Product- Sulphur
  3. Product-Hydrogen
  4. Product-Hydrochloric acid
  5. Product-Sodium sulphate
  6. Product-Carbon dioxide
  7. Product-Carbon monoxide
  8. Product-Nitric acid
  9. Product—Hydrogen sulphide
  10. Prorfwcf-Ethene

Answer:

  1. F: Sodium sulphite
  2. H: Sodium sulphide
  3. A: Iron
  4. C: Sodium chloride
  5. I: Sodium hydroxide
  6. E: Sodium Carbonate
  7. D: Formic acid
  8. E: Sodium nitrate
  9. H: Sodium sulphide
  10. G: Ithyl alcohol

Question 6.
Give reasons for the following:

  1. Sulphuric acid forms two types of salts with an alkali.
    Ans. Sulphuric acid forms two types of . disc, viz., sulphates and bisulphates (or hydrogen sulphates) with alkales because it is a dibasic :acid, i.e. one molecule of H2SO4 on dissociation gives  two H+ ions.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 55
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 56
  2. Cone, sulphuric acid is used as a laLoraioiy reagent in the preparation of iodine from hydrogen iodide.
    Ans. Cone. H2SO4. oxidises HI to iodine.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 57
  3. Barium chloride solution can be used to distinguish between dil. H2SO4 and dil HNO3.
    Ans. BaCl2 soln. when added to dil. H2SO4 gives a white ppt. of BaSO4, but with dil. HNO3, n: white ppt. is produced since BaCl2 and Ba(NO3), are soluble in dil. H2SO4.
  4. The gaseous product obtained differs when zinc reacts with dilute and with cone. H2SO4
    Ans. The metal reacts differently with dilute acid and concentrated acid. That is the character of metal. With dilute sulphuric acid, zinc gives hydrogen.
    Zn + H2SO4 (dil.) → ZnSO4 + H2
    The same metals will react differently with concentrated sulphuric acid to give sulphur dioxide gas.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 58
  5. Ethanol can be converted to ethene using cone, sulphuric acid.
    Ans. Ethanol cart be converted into ethene by heating it with cone. H2SO4 because cone. H2SO4 is a strong dehydrating agent.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7D Study Of Compounds - Sulphuric Acid 59

For More Resources

 

Hope given New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Sulphuric Acid helpful to you.

If you have any doubts, please comment below. We try to provide online math tutoring for you

 

 

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Stoichiometry

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Mole Concept and Stoichiometry : Percentage Composition – Empirical & Molecular Formula Calculations Based on Chemical

ICSE SolutionsSelina ICSE SolutionsML Aggarwal Solutions

Viraf J Dalal Chemistry Class 10 Solutions and Answers

Simplified ChemistryEnglishMathsPhysicsChemistryBiology

Additional Problems

Q.1. Percentage Composition

Question 1.
Calculate the percentage by weight of :
(a) C in carbon dioxide
(b) Na in sodium carbonate
(c) Al in aluminium nitride.
[C = 12, O = 16, H = 1, Na = 23, Al = 27, N = 14]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 1
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 2

Question 2.
Calculate the percentage of iron in K3Fe(CN)6. [K = 39,Fe = 56, C = 12, N = 14]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 3

Question 3.
Calculate which of the following – calcium nitrate or ammonium sulphate has a higher % of nitrogen.[Ca = 40, S = 32, N = 14, O = 16]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 4
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 5

Question 4.
Calculate the percentage of pure aluminium in 10kg. of aluminium oxide [Al2O3] of 90% purity. [Al = 27, O = 16]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 6

Question 5.
State which of the following are better fertilizers —

  1. Potassium phosphate [K3PO4] or potassium nitrate [KNO3]
  2. Urea [NH2CONH2] or ammonium phosphate [(NH4)3PO4]
    [K = 39, P = 31, O = 16, N = 14, H = 1]

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 7
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 8

Question 6.
Calculate the percentage of carbon in a 55% pure sample of carbon carbonate. [Ca = 40, C = 12, O = 16]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 9

Question 7.
Calculate the percentage of water of crystallisation in hydrated copper sulphate [CuSO4.5H2O].
[Cu = 63.5, S = 32, O = 16, H = 1]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 10

Question 8.
Hydrated calcium sulphate [CaSO4xH2O] contains 21% of water of crystallisation. Calculate the number of molecules of water of crystallisation Le. ‘X’ in the hydrated compound.
[Ca = 40, S = 32, O = 16, H = 1]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 11
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 12

Q.2. Empirical And Molecular Formula

Question 1.
A compound gave the following data : C = 57.82%, O = 38.58% and the rest hydrogen. Its vapour density is 83. Find its empirical and molecular formula. [C = 12, O = 16, H = 1]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 13

Question 2.
Four g of a metallic chloride contains 1.89 g of the metal ‘X’. Calculate the empirical formula of the metallic chloride. [At. wt. of ‘X’ = 64, Cl = 35.5]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 14

Question 3.
Calculate the molecular formula of a compound whose empirical formula is CH2O and vapour density is 30.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 15

Question 4.
A compound has the following percentage composition. Al = 0.2675g.; P = 0.3505g.; O = 0.682g. If the molecular weight of the compound is 122 and its original weight on analysis gave the above results 1.30 g. Calculate the molecular formula of the compounds
[Al = 27, P = 31, O = 16]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 16

Question 5.
Two organic compounds ‘X’ and ‘Y’ containing carbon and hydrogen only have vapour densities 13 and 39 respectively. State the molecular formula of ‘X’ and ‘Y’ [C = 12, H = 1]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 17

Question 6.
A compound has the following % composition. Zn = 22.65%; S = 11.15%; O = 61.32% and H = 4.88%. Its relative molecular mass is 287 g. Calculate its molecular formula assuming that all the hydrogen in the compound is present in combination with oxygen as water of crystallization.
[Zn = 65, S — 32, O = 16, H = 1]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 18

Question 7.
A hydrocarbon contains 82.8% of carbon. Find its molecular formula if its vapour density is 29 [H = 1, C = 12]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 19

Question 8.
An organic compound on analysis gave H = 6.48% and O = 51.42%. Determine its empirical formula if the compound contains 12 atoms of carbon.
[C = 12, H = 1, O = 16]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 20
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 21

Question 9.
A hydrated salt contains Cu = 25.50%, S = 12.90%, O = 25.60% and the remaining % is water of crystallization. Calculate the empirical formula of the salt.
[Cu = 64, S = 32, O = 16, H = 1]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 22

Question 10.
A gaseous hydrocarbon weights 0.70 g. and contains 0.60 g. of carbon. Find the molecular formula of the compound if its molecular weight is 70.
[C = 12, H = 1]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 23

Question 11.
A salt has the following % composition Al = 10.50%, K = 15.1%, S = 24.8% and the remaining oxygen. Calculate the empirical formula of the salt.
[Al = 27, K = 39, S = 32, O = 16]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 24
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 25

Q.3. Chemical Equations

Question 1.
What mass of silver chloride will be obtained by adding an excess of hydrochloric acid to a solution of 0.34 g of silver nitrate.
[Cl = 35.5, Ag = 108, N = 14, O = 16, H = 1]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 26

Question 2.
What volume of oxygen at s.t.p. will be obtained by the action of heat on 20 g
KClO3 [K = 39, Cl = 35.5, O = 16]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 27

Question 3.
From the equation : 3Cu + 8HNO3 → 3Cu(NO3)2 + 4H2O + 2NO. Calculate

  1. the mass of copper needed to react with 63 g of nitric acid
  2. the volume of nitric oxide collected at the same time. [Cu = 64, H = 1, O = 16, N = 14]

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 28

Question 4.
Zinc blende [ZnS] is roated in air. Calculate :

(a) The number of moles of sulphur dioxide liberated by 776 g of ZnS and
(b) The weight of ZnS required to produce 22.4 lits. of SO2 at s.t.p. [S = 32, O = 16, Zn = 65]

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 29

Question 5.
Ammonia reacts with sulphuric acid to give the fertilizer ammonium sulphate. Calculate the volume of ammonia [at s.t.p.] used to form 59 g of ammonium sulphate.
[N = 14, H = 1, S = 32, O = 16]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 30

Question 6.
Heat on lead nitrate gives yellow lead [II] oxide, nitrogen dioxide and oxygen. Calculate the total volume of NO2 and O2 produced on heating 8.5 of lead nitrate.
[Pb = 207, N = 14, O = 16]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 31

Question 7.
Calculate the amount of KClO3 which on thermal decomposition gives ‘X’ vol. of O2, which is the volume required for combustion of 24 g. of carbon.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 32
[K = 39, Cl = 35.5, O = 16, C = 12].
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 33

Question 8.
Calculate the weight of ammonia gas.
(a) Required for reacting with sulphuric acid to give 78g. of fertilizer ammonium sulphate.
(b) Obtained when 32.6g. of ammonium chloride reacts with calcium hydroxide during the laboratory preparation of ammonia.
[2NH4Cl + Ca(OH)2 → CaCl2 + 2H2O + 2NH3] [N = 14, H = 1, O = 16, S = 32, Cl = 35.5].
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 34
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 35

Question 9.
Sodium carbonate reacts with dil. H2SO4 to give the respective salt, water and carbon dioxide. Calculate the mass of pure salt formed when 300 g. of Na2CO3 of 80% purity reacts with dil. H2SO4.
[Na = 23, C = 12, O = 16, H = 1, S = 32].
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 36

Question 10.
Sulphur burns in oxygen to give sulphur dioxide. If 16 g. of sulphur burns in ‘x’ cc. of oxygen, calculate the amount of potassium nitrate which must be heated to produce V cc. of oxygen. [S = 32, K = 39, N = 14, O = 16].
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 37

Question 11.
Sample of impure magnesium is reacted with dilute sulphuric acid to give the respective salt and hydrogen. If 1 g. of the impure sample gave 298.6 cc. of hydrogen at s.t.p. Calculate the % purity of the sample. [Mg = 24, H = 1].
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 38

Questions

A. Lussac’S Law – Problems based on them

2006

Question 1.
560 ml. of carbon monoxide is mixed with 500 ml of oxygen and ignited. The chemical equation for the reaction is as follows : 2CO + O2 → 2CO2. Calculate the volume of oxygen used and carbon dioxide formed in the above reaction.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 39
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 40

2009

Question 1.
200 cm3 of acetylene is formed from a certain mass of calcium carbide, find the volume of oxygen required and carbon dioxide formed during the complete combustion. The combustion reaction can be represented as below.
2C2H2(g) + 5O2 (g) → 4CO2 (g) + 2H2O (g)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 41

2010

Question 1.
10 litre of this mixture is burnt, And the total volume of carbon dioxide gas added to the atmosphere. Combustion reaction can be represented as :
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 42
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 43
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 44

2012

Question 1.
67.2 litres of H2 combines with 44.8 litres of N2 to form NH3 :
N2(g) + 3H2(g) → 2NH3(g). Calculate the vol. of NH3 produced. What is the substance, if any, that remains in the resultant mixture ?
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 45

2013

Question 1.
What volume of oxygen is required to burn completely 90 dm3 of butane under similar conditions of temperature and pressure?
2C4H10 + 13O2 → 8CO2 + 10H2O
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 46

2014

Question 1.
What volume of ethyne gas at s.t.p. is required to produce 8.4 dm3 of carbon dioxide at s.t.p.?
2C2H2 + 5O2 → 4CO2 + 2H2O [H = 1, C = 12, O = 16]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 47

2015

Question 1.
If 6 litres of hydrogen and 4 litres of chlorine are mixed and exploded and if water is added to the gases formed, find the volume of the residual gas.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 48
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 49

2016

Question 1.
The equations 4NH3 + 5O2 → 4NO + 6H2O, represents the catalytic oxidation of ammonia. If 100 cm3 of ammonia is used calculate the volume of oxygen required to oxidise the ammonia completely.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 50

2017

Question 1.
Propane burns in air according to the following equation :
C3H8 + 5O2 → 3CO2 + 4H2O. What volume of propane is consumed on using 1000 cm3 of air, considering only 20% of air contains oxygen.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 51
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 52

B. Mole Concept – Avogadro’S Number – Problems based on them

2004

Question 1.
A flask contains 3.2 g of SO2. Calculate :

  1. The moles of SO2 and the no. of molecules of SO2 present in the flask.
  2. The volume occupied by 3.2 g. of SO2 at s.t.p. (S = 32, O = 16)

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 53

Question 2.
2KMnO4 → K2MnO4 + MnO2 + O2 Given that the molecular mass KMn04 is 158, what volume of oxygen (measured at room temperature) would be obtained by the complete decomposition of 15.8 g. of potassium permanganate. (Molar volume at room temperature is 24 litres.)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 54

2005

1. The volumes of gases A, B, C and D are in the ratio, 1 : 2 : 2 : 4 under the same conditions of temp, and press.

(i) Which sample contains the maximum number of molecules. If the temp, and pressure of gas A are kept constant, then what will happen to the volume of A when the no. of molecules is doubled.
Answer:
The sample D and volume of A will get Doubled.

(ii) If this ratio of gas vols. refers to reactants and products of reaction – gas law observed is ….
Answer:
Gay Lussac’s law of combining volumes.

(iii) If the volume of ‘A’ is 5.6 dm3 at s.t.p., calculate the no. of molecules in the actual vol. of ‘D’ at s.t.p. (Avog no. is 6 × 1023). Using your answer, state the mass of ‘D’ if the gas is “N2O” (N = 14, O = 16). [6 x 1023, 44g.]
Answer:
Vol. of D will be 4 × 5.6 = 22.4 lit. and 22.4 lit. of D contain molecules = 6 × 1023 (AV. number)
Mass of N2 O (i.e. D) = (14 × 2 + 16 × 1) = 44g

2006

Question 1.
Calculate the no. of moles and the no. of molecules present in 1.4 g of ethylene gas (C2H4). What is the vol. occupied by the same amount of C2H4. State the vapour density of C2H4.
(Avog. No. = 6 × 1023 ; C = 12, H = 1]
(0.05 moles ; 3 × 1022 molecules ; 1.12 lit. ; 14)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 56
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 57

2008

1. The equation for the burning of octane is : 2C8H18 + 25O2 → 16CO2 + 18H2O

(i) How many moles of carbon dioxide are produced when one mole of octane burns ?
Answer:
2 moles of octane produce 16 moles of C02
1 mole of octane will produce 16/2 moles of C02 = 8 moles of carbon dioxide.

(ii) What volume, at s.t.p., is occupied by the number of moles determined in (1) (i) ?
Answer:
1 moles occupy a volume of 22.4 litres.
8 mole will occupy a volume of = 22.4 × 8 = 179.2 litres

(iii) If the relative molecular mass of carbon dioxide is 44, what is the mass of carbon dioxide produced by burning two moles of octane ?
Answer:
From equation, we know that 2moles of octane produces 16 moles of CO2.
Mass of CO2 produced = 16 × 44 = 704

2009

Question 1.
Define the term – Mole. A gas cylinder contains 24 × 1024 molecules of nitrogen gas. If Avogadro’s number is 6 × 1023 and the relative atomic mass of nitrogen is 14, calculate :

  1. Mass of nitrogen gas in the cylinder.
  2. Volume of nitrogen at STP in dm3

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 58

Question 2.
Gas ‘X’ occupies a volume of 100 cm3 at S.T.P and weighs 0.5 g. find its relative molecular mass.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 59

2010

Question 1.
Dilute hydrochloric acid (HCl) is reacted with 4.5 moles of calcium carbonate. Give the equation for the said reaction. Calculate :

  1. The mass of 4.5 moles of CaCO3.
  2. The volume of CO2 liberated at stp.
  3. The mass of CaCl2 formed ?
  4. The number of moles of the acid HCl used in the reaction (relative molecular mass of CaCO3 is 100 and of CaCl2 is 111].

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 60

2011

Question 1.
Calculate the mass of :

  1. 1022 atoms of sulphur.
  2. 0.1 mole of carbon dioxide.
    [S = 32, C = 12 and O = 16 and Avogadro’s Number 6 × 1023]

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 61

Question 2.
Calculate the volume of 320 g of SO2 at stp. [S = 32 and O = 16]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 62
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 63

2012

Question 1.
The mass of 5.6 dm3 of a certain gas at STP is 12.0 g. Calculate the relative molecular mass of the gas.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 64

2013

Question 1.
The vapour density of a gas is 8. What would be the volume occupied by 24.0 g of the gas at STP ?
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 65

Question 2.
Calculate the volume occupied by 0.01 mole of CO2 at STP.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 66

2014

Question 1.
State Avogadro’s Law. A cylinder contains 68g of ammonia gas at s.t.p.

  1. What is the volume occupied by this gas?
  2. How many moles and how many molecules ammonia are present in the cylinder? [N = 14, H = 1]

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 67

2015

Question 1.
From A, B, C, D, which weighs the least —
A : 2 g. atoms of Nitrogen
B : 1 mole of Silver
C : 22.4 litres of oxygen gas at 1 atmospheric pressure and 273K
D : 6.02 × 1o23 atoms of carbon.
[Ag = 108, N=14, 0=16, C=12]
Answer:
D : 6.02 × 1023 atoms of carbon.

Question 2.
Calculate the mass of Calcium that will contain the same number of atoms as are present in 3.2 gm of sulphur. [S = 32, Ca = 40]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 68

2016

Question 1.
Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D : The ratio between the number of molecules in 2g of hydrogen and 32g of oxygen is: k

(A) 1 : 2
(B) 1 : 0.01
(C) 1:1
(D) 0.01 : 1
[H = 1, O = 16]

Answer:

(C) 1 : 1

Question 2.
A gas of mass 32 gms has a volume of 20 litres at S.T.P. Calculate the gram mol. weight of the gas.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 69

Question 3.
A gas cylinder contains 12 x 1024 molecules of oxygen gas. Calculate :

  1. the mass of 02 present in the cylinder.
  2. the volume of O2 at S.T.P. present in the cylinder.[0 = 16] Avog. no. is 6 × 1023 [640g. ; 448 l]

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 70
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 71

2017

Question 1.
Calculate the number of gram atoms in 4.6 grams of sodium [Na = 23]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 72

Question 2.
The mass of 11.2 litres of a certain gas at s.t.p. is 24 g. Find the gram molecular mass of the gas.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 73

C. Mole Concept – Avogadro’S Law – problmes based on them

2001

Question 1.
The gases chlorine, nitrogen, ammonia and sulphur dioxide are collected under the same conditions of temperature and pressure. If 20 litres of nitrogen contain ‘X’ no. of molecules state the no. of molecules in 10 litres of chlorine, 20 litres of ammonia and 5 litres of sulphur dioxide, (x/2, x, x/4)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 74
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 75

2002

Question 1.
Samples of gases O2, N2, CO and CO2 under the same conditions of temperature and pressure contain the same number of molecules represented by X. The molecules of oxygen occupy V litres and have a mass of 8 g. Under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, what is the volume occupied by :

  1. X molecules of N2.
  2. 3X molecules of CO.
  3. What is the mass of CO2 in grams.
  4. In answering the above questions, whose law has been used.
    (C = 12, N = 14, O = 16)

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 76
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 77

2005

Question 1.
Define the term atomic weight :
Answer:
Atomic weight : is the number of times one atom of an element is heavier than 1/2 the mass of an atom of carbon (C12)

2008

Question 1.
The gas law which relates the volume of a gas to the number of molecules of the gas is :

A Avogadro’s Law
B Gay-Lussac’s Law
C Boyle’s Law
D Charle’s Law

Answer:

A Avogadro’s Law

2009

Question 1.
Correct the following – Equal masses of all gases under identical conditions contain the same number of molecules.
Answer:
Equal volumes of all gases under identical conditions contain the same number of molecules.

2013

Question 1.
A vessel contains X number of molecules of hydrogen gas at a certain temperature & pressure. Under the same conditions of temperature & pressure, how many molecules of nitrogen gas would be present in the same vessel.
Answer:
According to Avogadro’s law, equal volume of all gases under similar conditions of temperature and pressure contain equal number of molecules.
Hence, number of molecules of N2 = Number of molecules of H2 = X

2017

Question 1.
A gas cylinder can hold 1 kg. of H2 at room temp. & press.:

  1. Find the number of moles of hydrogen present
  2. What weight of CO2 can the cylinder hold under similar conditions to temp. & press
  3. If the number of molecules of hydrogen in the cylinder is X, calculate the number of CO2 molecules in the cylinder under the same conditions of temp. & press
  4. State the law that helped you to arrive at the above result.

Answer:

  1. 2 g of hydrogen gas = 1 mole.
    ∴ 1000 g of hydrogen gas 1000/2 = 500 moles.
  2. 1 mole of carbon dioxide = 44 g
    ∴ 500 moles of carbon dioxide = 44 x 500 = 22000 g = 22 kg Weight of carbon dioxide in cylinder = 22 kg
  3. Equal volumes of all gases under similar conditions of temperature and pressure contain equal number of molecules.
    ∴ Molecules in the cylinder of carbon dioxide = X.
  4. Avogadro’s law.

D. Vapour Density & Molecular Weight – Problems based on them

1996

Question 1.
Find the relative molecular mass of a gas, 0.546 g of which occupies 360 cm3 at 87°C and 380 mm Hg pressure. (1 litre of hydrogen at s.t.p. weighs 0.09 g)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 78
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 79

2001

Question 1.
Mention the term defined by the following : The mass of a given volume of gas compared to the mass of an equal volume of hydrogen.
Answer:
Vapour Density.

2004

Question 1.
Some potassium permanganate was heated in a test tube. After collecting one litre of oxygen at room temperature, it was found that the test tube had undergone a loss in a mass of 1.32 g. If one litre of hydrogen under the same conditions of temperature and pressure has a mass of 0.0825 g. Calculate the relative molecular mass of oxygen.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 80
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 81
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 82

2009

Question 1.
A gas cylinder of capacity of 20 dm3 is filled with gas X the mass of which is 10 g. When the same cylinder is filled with hydrogen gas at the same temperature and pressure the mass of the hydrogen is 2g, hence the relative molecular mass of the gas is :

(A) 5
(B) 10
(C) 15
(D) 20

Answer:

(B) 10

2012

Question 1.
The vapour density of carbon dioxide [C = 12, O = 16] is

(A) 32
(B) 16
(C) 44
(D) 22

Answer:

(D) 22

2014

Question 1.
Give one word or phrase for : The ratio of the mass of a certain volume of gas to the mass of an equal volume of hydrogen under the same conditions of temperature and pressure.
Answer:
Vapour density.

E. Percentage Composition – Problems based on them

1996

Question 1.
Find the total percentage of oxygen in magnesium nitrate crystals : Mg(NO3)2. 6H2O
(H = 1, N = 14, O = 16, Mg = 24)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 83

1997

Question 1.
What is the mass of nitrogen in 1000 kg of urea [CO(NH2)2].[C = 12] (Answer to the nearest kg.)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 84

1998

Question 1.
Calculate the % of boron (B) in borax Na2 B4 O7. 10H2O. (H = 1, B = 11, O = 16, Na = 23)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 85

1999

Question 1.
If a crop of wheat removes 20 kg of nitrogen per hectare of soil, what mass in kg. of the fertilizer calcium nitrate would be required to replace the nitrogen in a 10 hectare field. (N = 14 ; O = 16 ; Ca = 40)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 86

2001

Question 1.
Calculate the percentage of phosphorus in the fertilizer superphosphate Ca(H2PO4)2. (correct to 1dp) (H = 1 ; O = 16 ; P = 31 ; Ca = 40)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 87

2002

Question 1.
Calculate the percentage of platinum in ammonium chloroplatinate (NH4)2 PtCl6
(Give your answer correct to the nearest whole number). (N = 14, H = 1, Cl = 35.5, Pt = 195)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 88

2005

Question 1.
Calculate the percentage of nitrogen in aluminium nitride. (Al = 27, N = 14)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 89

2006

Question 1.
Calculate the percentage of sodium in sodium aluminium fluoride (Na3AlF6) correct to the nearest whole number. (F = 19 ; Na = 23 ; A1 = 27)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 90

2007

Question 1.
Determine the percentage of oxygen in ammonium nitrate (O = 16)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 91

2010

Question 1.
If the relative molecular mass of ammonium nitrate is 80, calculate the percentage of nitrogen and oxygen in ammonium nitrate. (N = 14, H = 1, O = 16).
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 92

2012

Question 1.
Find the total percentage of Magnesium in magnesium nitrate crystals, Mg(NO3)2.6H2O/ [Mg = 24; N = 14; O = 16 and H = 1]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 93

2017

Question 1.
Calculate the percentage of water of crystallization in CUSO4.5H2O. [H = 1, O = 16, S = 32, Cu = 64]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 94

F. Empirical Formula And Molecular Formula – Problems based on then

2000

Question 1.
Determine the empirical formula of the compound whose composition by mass is : 42% nitrogen 48% oxygen and 9% hydrogen.
(H = 1 ; N = 14 ; O 16).
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 95

2001

Question 1.
A metal M forms a voltaic chloride containing 65.5% chlorine. If the density of the chloride relative to hydrogen (i.e. V.D.) is 162.5, find the molecular formula of the chloride. (M = 56, Cl = 35.5)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 96
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 97

2002

Question 1.
The percentage composition of sodium phosphate as determined by analysis is 42.1% sodium, 18.9% phosphorus and 39% oxygen. Find the empirical formula of the compound (work to two decimal places). (Na = 23, P = 31, O = 16)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 98

2004

Question 1.
An experiment showed that in a lead chloride solution, 6.21 g of lead combined with 4.26 g. of chlorine. What is the empirical formula of this chloride. (Pb = 207 ; Cl = 35.5)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 99
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 100

2006

Question 1.
Determine the empirical formula of a compound containing 47.9% potassium, 5.5% beryllium and 46.6% fluorine by mass.
(At. weight of Be = 9 ; F = 19 ; K = 39) Work to one decimal place.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 101

2007

Question 1.
A compound X consists of 4.8% carbon and 95.2% bromine by mass

  1. Determine the empirical formula of this compound working correct to one decimal place
  2. If the vapour density of the compound is 252, what is the molecular formula of the compound. (C = 12 ; Br = 80) (CBr3, C2Br6).

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 102

2008

Question 1.
What is the empirical formula of octane (C8H18) ?
Answer:
M.F. of octane = C8H18 = (c4H9)2
∴ E.F. of octane = C4H9

Question 2.
A compound has the following percentage composition by mass, Carbon 14.4%, hydrogen 1.2% and chlorine 84.5%. Determine the empirical formula of this compound. Work correct to 1 decimal place. The relative molecular mass of this compound is 168, so what is its molecular formula?
(H = 1 ; C = 12 ; Cl = 35.5)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 103

2009

Question 1.
A gaseous compound of nitrogen and hydrogen contains 12.5% hydrogen by mass. Find the molecular formula of the compound if its relative molecular mass is 37.
[N =14, H = 1].
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 104
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 105

2011

Question 1.
An organic compound with vapour density 94. It contains C = 12.67%, H = 2.13%, and Br = 85.11%. Find the molecular formula of the organic compound.
[C = 12, H = 1, Br = 80]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 106

2014

Question 1.
A compound having empirical formula X2Y is made of two elements X and Y. Find its molecular formula. If the atomic weight of X is 10 and that of Y is 5 and the compound has a vapour density 25.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 107

2015

Question 1.
If the empirical formula of a compound is CH and it has a vapour density of 13, find the molecular formula of the compound. [C = 12, H = 1]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 108

2016

Question 1.
A gaseous hydrocarbon contains 82.76% of carbon. Given that its vapours density is 29, find its molecular formula. [C=12,H=1]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 109
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 110

2017

Question 1.
A compound of X and Y has the empirical formula XY2. Its vapou density is equal to its empirical formula weight. Determine its Molecular formla.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 111

G Chemical Equations – Problems based on them

2000

Question 1.
Washing soda has the formula Na2CO3.10H2O. What mass of anhydrous sodium carbonate is left when all the water of crystallization is expelled by heating 57.2 g of washing soda.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 112

Question 2.
Na2SO4 + Pb(N03)2 → PbSO4 + 2NaNO3 When excess » lead nitrate solution was added to a solution of sodium sulphate, 15.15 g of lead sulphate were precipitated. What mass of sodium sulphate was present in the original solution. (H = 1 ; C = 12 ; O = 16 ; Na = 23; S = 32 ; Pb = 207)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 113

2001

Question 1.
From the equation : (NH4)2 Cr2O7 → Cr2O3 + 4H2O + N2 Calculate :

  1. the vol. of nitrogen at STP, evolved when 63g. of ammonium dichromate is heated. (5.6 lits.)
  2. the mass of Cr2O3 formed at the same time. (N = 14, H = 1, Cr = 52, O = 16) (38 g.)

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 114

2003

Question 1.
10g. of a mixture of NaCI and anhydrous Na2SO4 is dissolved in water. An excess of BaCl2 soln. is added and 6.99 g. of BaSO is precipitated according to the equation :
Na2SO4 + BaCl2 → BaSO4 ↓+ 2NaCl. Calculate the percentage of sodium sulphate in the original mixture.
(O = 16 ; Na = 23 ; S = 32; Ba = 137)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 115

2004

Question 1.
The reaction of potassium permanganate with acidified iron (II) sulphate is given below :
2KMnO4 + 10FeSO4 + 8H2SO4 → K2SO4 + 2MnSO4 + 5 Fe2(SO4)3 + 8H2O.
If 15.8 g. of potassium permanganate was used in the reaction, calculate the mass of iron (II) sulphate used in the above reaction.
(K = 39, Mn = 55, Fe = 56, S = 32, O = 16)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 116
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 117

2005

Question 1.
The equation given below relate to the manufacture of sodium carbonate (Mol), wt. of Na2CO3 = 106

  1. NaCl + NH3 + CO2 + H2O → NaHCO3 + NH4Cl
  2. 2NaHCO3 → Na2CO3 + H2O + CO2

Questions (a) and (b) are based on the production of 21.2 g. of sodium carbonate.
(a) What mass of sodium hydrogen carbonate must be heated to give 21.2 g. of sodium carbonate (Molecular weight of NaHCO3 = 84).
(b) To produce the mass of sodium hydrogen carbonate calculated in (a), what volume of carbon dioxide, measured at s.t.p., would be required.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 118

2006

Question 1.
The relative molecular mass (mol. wt.) of copper oxide is 80. What vol. of HN3 (measured at s.t.p.) is required to completely reduce 120 g of cuO.
(3CuO + 2NH3 → 3Cu + 3H2O + N2].
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 119

2007

Question 1.
A sample of ammonium nitrate when heated yields 8.96 litres of steam (measured at stp.)
NH4 NO3 → N2O + 2H2O

  1. What volume of dinitrogen oxide is produced at the same time as 8.96 litres of steam.
  2. What mass of ammonium nitrate should be heated to produce 8.96 litres of steam (Relative molecular mass of NH4NO3 is 80)

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 120

2008

Question 1.
From the equation :
C + 2H2SO4 → CO2 + 2H2O + 2SO2
Calculate :

  1. The mass of carbon oxidised by 49 g of sulphuric acid (C = 12 ; relative molecular mass of sulphuric acid = 98).
  2. The volume of SO2 measured at s.t.p., liberated at the same time.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 121

2009

Question 1.
Commercial NaOH weighing 30 g. has some NaCl in it. The mixture on dissolving in water and treatment with excess AgNO3 soln. formed a precipitate weighing 14.3 g. What is the percentage of NaCl in the commercial sample of NaOH.
NaCl + AgNO3 → AgCl + NaNO3
[Relative molecular mass of NaCl = 58 ; AgCl = 143]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 122

2011

Question 1.
Calculate the volume of oxygen required for the complete combustion of 8.8g of propane (C3 H8). (C = 12, O = 16, H = 1, Molar Volume = 22.4 dm3 at stp)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 123

2013

Question 1.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 124
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 125

2015

Question 1.
From the equation :
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 126

Calculate:

  1. the quantity in moles of (NH4)2Cr2O7 if 63gm oft[NH4)2Cr2O7 is heated.
  2. the quantity in moles of nitrogen formed.
  3. the volume in litres or dmof N2 evolved at s.t.p.
  4. the mass in grams of Cr2O3 formed at the same time. [H=l, Cr= 52, N=14]

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 127
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 128

2016

Question 1.
How much calcium oxide is formed when 82g. of calcium nitrate is heated. Also find the volume of nitrogen dioxide evolved :
2Ca(NO3)2 → 2CaO + 4NO2 + O2 (Ca = 40, N = 14, O = 16)
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4B Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Percentage Composition - Empirical & Molecular Formula 129

For More Resources

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Mole Concept

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Mole Concept and Stoichiometry : Gay Lussac’s Law – Avogadro’s Law

ICSE SolutionsSelina ICSE SolutionsML Aggarwal Solutions

Viraf J Dalal Chemistry Class 10 Solutions and Answers

Simplified ChemistryEnglishMathsPhysicsChemistryBiology

Practice Questions

Question 1.
What volume of oxygen would he required to burn completely 400 ml of acetylene (C2H2) ? Calculate the volume of CO2 formed.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 1

Question 2.
2500 cc of oxygen was burnt with 600 cc of ethane (C2H6). Calculate the volume of unused oxygen and the volume of carbon dioxide formed, after writing the balanced equation :
Ethane + Oxygen → Carbon dioxide + Water vapour
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 2
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 3

Question 3.
80 cm3 of methane are mixed with 200 cm3 of pure oxygen at similar temperature and pressure. The mixture is then ignited. Calculate the composition of resulting mixture if it is cooled to initial room temperature and pressure.
CH4 + 2O2 → CO2 + 2H2O
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 4

Question 4.
Calculate the volume of HCl gas formed and chlorine gas required when 40 mL of methane reacts completely with chlorine at S.T.P.
CH4 + 2Cl2 → CH2Cl2 + 2HCl
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 5

Question 5.
What volume of propane is burnt for every 500 cm3 of air used in the reaction under the same conditions ?
C3H8 + 5O2 → 3CO2 + 4H2O
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 6

Question 6.
450 cm3 of nitrogen monoxide and 200 cm3 of oxygen are mixed together and ignited. Calculate the composition of resulting mixture.
2NO + O2 → 2NO2
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 7

Question 7.
24 cc marsh gas (CH4) was mixed with 106 cc oxygen and then exploded. On cooling the volume of the mixture became 82 cc of which 58 cc were unchanged oxygen. Which law does their experiment supports ? Explain with calculations.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 8
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 9
Avogadro’s Law : “Under the same conditions of temperature and pressure equal volumes of all gases contain die same number of molecules.”
If we assume that 7 litre of oxygen gas contains ‘n’ molecules of the gas then by Avogadro’s Law :

  1. 1 litre of oxygen will contain ‘n’ molecules of hydrogen
  2. 1 litre of nitrogen will contain ‘n’ molecules of nitrogen.
  3. 1 litre of any gas will contain ‘n’ molecules of that gas. e.g.

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 10

Relative Molecular Mass : “It is the number that represents how many times one molecule of a substance is heavier than one atom of hydrogen whose weight has been taken unity or 1/12 of 6C12.
Relative Molecular Mass : “It is the number that represents how many times one molecule of a substance is heavier than one atom of hydrogen whose weight has been taken unity or 1/12 of 6C12.
Avogadro’s Number : “The number of atoms present in 12 g (gm atomic mass) of 6C12 is called Avogadro’s number.
Na or L = 6.023 × 1023

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 11
Mole : Mole is the mass of substance containing particles equal to Avogadro’s number i.e. 6.023 × 1023.
Gram Atom : “The relative atomic mass of an element expressed in grams is called gram atom.
Gram Mole : “The relative atomic mass of a substance expressed in grams is called gram mole.
Molar Volume : Volume occupied by one mole of any gas at STP is called molar volume.

Applications Of Avogadro’S Law :

  1. Determines the atomicity of the gas.
  2. Determines the molecular formula of a gas.
  3. Determines the relation between molecular weight and vapour density.
  4. Explains Gay-Lussac’s law.
  5. Determines the relationship between gram molecular weight and gram molecular volume.

1. Determines the atomicity of a gas :
Atomicity : The number of atoms present in one molecule of that element is called atomicity.
Monoatomic : Elements which have one atom in their molecules e.g. Helium, Neon.
Diatomic : Elements which have two atoms in their molecule e.g. Hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen.
e.g. of Determination of atomicity of a gas :
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 12
A molecules of nitrogen contains two atoms : atomicity – Diatomic

2. Determines the molecular formula of a gas.
Molecular formula : A chemical formula which gives the actual or exact number of atoms of the elements present in one molecule of a compound.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 13

3. Determines the relation between molecular weight and vapour density.
Molecular weight: It is the ratio of the weight of 1 molecule of a substance to the weight of one atom of hydrogen.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 14
Vapour Density : It is the ratio of the mass of a certain volume of gas or vapour of the mass of the same volume of hydrogen.
Mol. wt. = 2× vapour density

4. Explains Gay-Lussac’s Law :
Gay-Lussac’s Law is explained by Avogadro’s Law which states “Under similar conditions of temperature and pressure, equal volumes of different gases have same number of molecules.”
Since substances react in simple ratio of number of molecules, volumes of gaseous reactants and products will also bear a simple ratio to one another. This is what Gay-Lussac’s Law says.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 15

5. Determines relationship between gram molecular mass and gram molecular volume :
Gram molecular mass is the relative molecular mass of a substance expressed in grams. It is also called gram molecule of that element.
Gram molecular volume : The volume occupied by e.g. molecular wt. of a gas at s.t.p.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 16

Additional Problems

Q.1. Lussac’S Law

Question 1.
Nitrogen reacts with hydrogen to give ammonia. Calculate the volume of the ammonia gas formed when nitrogen reacts with 6 litres of hydrogen. All volumes measured at s.t.p.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 17

Question 2.
2500 cc of oxygen was burnt with 600 cc of ethane [C2H6]. Calculate the volume of unused oxygen and the volume of carbon dioxide formed.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 18

Question 3.
20 ml. each of oxygen and hydrogen and 10 ml. of carbon monoxide are exploded in an enclosure. What will be the volume and composition of the mixture of the gases when they are cooled to room temperature.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 19

Question 4.
224 cm3 of ammonia undergoes catalytic oxidation in presence of Pt to given nitric oxide and water vapour. Calculate the volume of oxygen required for the reaction. All volumes measured at room temperature and pressure.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 20
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 21

Question 5.
Acetylene [C2H2] burns in air forming carbon dioxide and water vapour. Calculate the volume of air required to completely burn 50 cm3 of acetylene. [Assume air contains 20% oxygen].
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 22

Question 6.
On igniting a mixture of acetylene [C2H2] and oxygen, 200 cm3 of CO2 is collected at s.t.p. Calculate the volume of acetylene & O2 at s.t.p. in the original mixture.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 23

Question 7.
Ammonia is formed from the reactants nitrogen and hydrogen in presence of a catalyst under suitable conditions. Assuming all volumes are measured in litres at s.t.p. Calculate the volume of ammonia formed if only 10% conversion has taken place.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 24

Question 8.
100 cc. each of water gas and oxygen are ignited and the resultant mixture of gases cooled to room temp. Calculate the composition of the resultant mixture. [Water gas contains CO and H2 in equal ratio]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 25

Q.2. Mole Concept – Avogadro’S Law – Avogadro’S Number
Calculate the following : [all measurement at s.t.p. or as stated in the problem]

Question 1.
The mass of 2.8 litres of C02. [C = 12, O = 16]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 27
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 28

Question 2.
The volume occupied by 53.5g of Cl2. [Cl = 35.5]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 29

Question 3.
The number of molecules in 109.5 g of HCl. [H = 1, Cl = 35.5]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 30

Question 4.
The number of

  1. molecules [S = 32]
  2. atoms in 192 g. of sulphur. [S8]

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 31

Question 5.
The mass of (Na) sodium which will contain 6.023 × 1023 atoms. [Na = 23]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 32

Question 6.
The no. of atoms of potassium present in 117 g. of K. [K = 39]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 33

Question 7.
The number of moles and molecules in 19.S6 g. of Pb (NO3)2. [Pb = 207, N = 14, O = 16]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 34

Question 8.
The mass of an atom of lead [Pb = 202].
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 35

Question 9.
The number of molecules in 1 1/2 litres of water. [density of water 1.0 g./cm3. — ∴ mass of water = volume × density]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 36
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 37

Question 10.
The gram-atoms in 88.75 g of chlorine [Cl = 35.5]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 38

Question 11.
The number of hydrogen atoms in 0.25 mole of H2SO4.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 39

Question 12.
The gram molecules in 21 g of nitrogen [N = 14]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 40

Question 13.
The number of atoms in 10 litres of ammonia [N = 14, H = 1]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 41
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 42

Question 14.
The number of atoms in 60 g of neon [Ne = 20]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 43

Question 15.
The number of moles of ‘X’ atoms in 93 g of ‘X’ [X is phosphorus = 31]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 44

Question 16.
The Volume occupied by 3.5 g of O2 gas at 27°C and 740 mm presure. [O = 16]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 45
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 46

Question 17.
The moles of sodium hydroxide contained in 160 g of it. [Na = 23, O = 16, H = 1]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 47

Question 18.
The weight in g. of 2.5 moles of ethane [C2H6]. [C = 12, H = 1]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 48

Question 19.
The molecular weight of 2.6 g of a gas which occupies 2.24 lits. at 0°C and 760 mm press.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 49

Question 20.
The gram atoms in 46 g of sodium [Na = 23]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 50

Question 21.
The number of moles of KCl03 that will be required to give 6 moles of oxygen.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 51

Question 22.
The weight of the substance of its molecular weight is 70 and in the gaseous form occupies 10 lits. at 27°C and 700 mm pressure.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 52

Question 23.
Has higher number of moles : 5 g. of N2O or 5 g. of NO [N = 14, O = 16]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 53

Question 24.
Has higher mass : 1 mole of CO2 or 1 mole of CO [C = 12, O = 16]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 54

Question 25.
Has higher no. of atoms : 1 g of O2 or 1 g of Cl2 [O = 16, Cl = 35.5]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 55

Q.3. Vapour Density And Molecular Weight

Question 1.
500 ml. of gas ‘X’ at s.t.p. weighs 0.50 g. Calculate the vapour density and molecular weight of the gas. [1 lit. of H2 at s.t.p. weighs 0.09 g].
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 56

Question 2.
A gas cylinder holds 85 g of a gas ‘X’. The same cylinder when filled with hydrogen holds 8.5 g of hydrogen under the same conditions of temperature and pressure Calculate the molecular weight of ‘X’.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 57

Question 3.
Calculate the relative molecular mass [molecular weight] of 290 ml. of a gas ‘A’ at 17°C and 1520 mm pressure which weighs 2.73 g at s.t.p. [1 litre of hydrogen at s.t.p. weighs 0.09 g.]
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 58
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 59

Question 4.
State the volume occupied by 40 g of a hydrocarbon – CH4 at s.t.p. if its V.D. is 8.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 60

Question 5.
Calculate the atomcity of a gas X [at. no. 35.5] whose vapour density is equal to its relative atomic mass.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 61

Question 6.
Calculate the relative molcular mass and vapour density of methyl alcohol [CH3OH] if 160 g. of the alcohol on vaporization has a volume of 112 litres at s.t.p.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 4A Mole Concept and Stoichiometry Gay Lussac’s Law - Avogadro’s Law 62

For More Resources

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Nitric Acids

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions -Study Of Compounds – Nitric Acids

ICSE SolutionsSelina ICSE SolutionsML Aggarwal Solutions

Viraf J Dalal Chemistry Class 10 Solutions and Answers

Simplified ChemistryEnglishMathsPhysicsChemistryBiology

QUESTIONS
2000

Question 1.
What do you see when concentrated nitric acid is added to copper.
Answer:
A pungent smelling reddish brown coloured gas (NO2) is produced and the solution turns greenish blue.
Cu + 4HNO3 (cone.) → Cu (NO3)2 + 2H2O + 2NO2

2001

Question 1.
Name the gas produced in the reaction:
Action of concentrated nitric acid on copper.
Answer:
Nitrogen dioxide.

Question 2.
Choose the correct word from the brackets to complete the sentence. Sodium nitrate reacts with — (concentrated / dilute) sulphuric acid to produce nitric acid. Write equation for the same.
Answer:
Sodium nitrate reacts with concentrated sulphuric acid to produce nitric acid.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 1

Question 3.
Write the equations for the following reaction : Between copper and concentrated nitric acid.
Answer:
Cu + 4HNO3 (cone.) → Cu (NO3)2 + 2H2O+ 2NO2

Question 4.
From the formulae listed below, choose, one, corresponding to the salt having the given description:
AgCl, CuCO3, CuSO4. 5H2O, KNO3, NaCl, NaHSO,, Pb(NO3)2, ZnCO3, ZnSO4.7H2O.
This salt gives nitrogen dioxide on heating.
Answer:
Pb(NO3)2
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 2

2002

Question 1.
Give equations for the action of heat on –
(1) NH4Cl
(2) NH4NO3.
State whether each reaction is an example of thermal decomposition   or thermal dissociation.
(1) Dissociation
(2) decomposition
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 3

Question 2.
What compounds are required for the laboratory preparation of nitric acid.
Answer:
Potassium nitrate and cone, sulphuric acid.

Question 3.
State why pure nitric acid takes on a yellowish brown colour when exposed to light.
Answer:
In the presence of sunlight nitric acid decomposes even at room temperature to give nitrogen dioxide, water and oxygen.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 4

The NO2 so produced dissolves in cone. HNO3. The yellow colour of cone, nitric acid is due to NO2 dissolved in it.

Question 4.
Write an equation for the following reaction:
Copper and concentrated nitric acid.
Answer:
Cu + 4HNO3 (cone.) → Cu (NO3)2 + 2H2O + 2NO2.

Question 5.
The first step in the manufacture of HNO3 is the catalytic oxidation of NH3. Name the catalyst used.
Answer:
Platinum.

2003

Question 1.
Name a solution which gives nitrogen dioxide with copper.
Answer:
Concentrated nitric acid (HNO3).

Question 2.
When nitric acid is prepared by the action of concentrated sulphuric acid on potassium nitrate, what is the special feature of the apparatus used.
Answer:
All glass apparatus is used in the laboratory preparation of nitric acid.

Question 3.
Write the equation for the lab. preparation of H2NO3 from potassium nitrate and cone. H2SO4.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 5
Question 4.
Potassium nitrate prepared from KOH and nitric acid. State the type of reaction involved.
Answer:
Neutralization reaction.

Question 5.
State the cone, acid which will oxidise sulphur directly to H2SO4. Write the equation for the same.
Answer:
Hot and cone, nitric acid will oxidises sulphur directly to sulphuric acid.
S + 6HNO3 → H2SO4 + 2H2O + 6NO2

2004

Question 1.
X, Y and Z are three crystalline solids which are soluble in water and have a common anion. To help you
to identify X, Y and Z, you are provided with the following experimental observations. Copy and complete the corresponding inferences in.
A reddish-brown gas is obtained when X, Y and Z are separately warmed with concentrated sulphuric acid and copper turnings added to the mixture. The common anion is the ion.
Answer:
[NO] Nitrate

Question 2.
Write a balanced equation for the reaction of cone. HNO3 when added to copper turnings kept in a beaker.
Answer:
Cu + 4HNO3 → Cu(NO3)2 + 2NO2 + 2H2O

Question 3.
Write a balanced equation for the reaction of cone. HN03 when added to copper turnings kept in a beaker.
Answer:
Cu + 4HNO3 → Cu(NO3)2 + 2NO2 + 2H2O

              2005

Question 1.
Write a balanced equation for the reaction of – sulphur and hot concentrated nitric acid.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 6

Question 2.
Dilute nitric acid is generally considered a typical acid except for its reaction with metals. In what way is dilute nitric acid different from other acids when it reacts with metals.
Answer:
Metals, lying above hydrogen in the electro chemical series, give hydrogen from the acid. In case of nitric acid which is a strong oxidising agent, hydrogen produced in the nascent state reduces excess nitric acid and produces water and a reduction productof nitric acid. The reduction product depends on the dilution of the acid.

Question 3.
Write the equation for the reaction of dilute nitric acid with copper.
Answer:
3Cu + 8HNO3 → 3Cu(NO3)2 + 4H2O + 2NO

Question 4.
State why a yellow colour that appears in concentrated  nitric acid when it is left standing in an ordinary glass bottle.
Ans.
It turns yellow because cone. HNO3 decomposes by the action of sunlight to give brown coloured NO2
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 7
The brown coloured NO2 dissolves in cone. HNO3, to give it a yellow colour.

2006

Question 1.
From the substances – Ammonium sulphate, Lead carbonate, Chlorine, Copper nitrate, Ferrous sulphate — State:
A compound which releases a reddish brown gas on reaction with concentrated sulphuric acid and copper turnings.
Answer:
Copper Nitrate.

Question 2.
State what is observed when nitric acid is kept in a reagent bottle for a long time.
Answer:
Brown vapours are seen in the reagent bottle and nitric acid turns yellowish in colour.

Question 3.
Explain why only all-glass apparatus should be used for the preparation of nitric acid by heating concentrated sulphuric acid and potassium nitrate.
Answer:
Nitric acid is highly corrossive and a strong oxidising agent. It attacks rubber and wooden corks. Therefore, all glass apparatus should be used for the preparation of nitric acid in the laboratory.

2007

Question 1.
In the laboratory preparation of nitric acid: Name the reactants A (a liquid) and B (a solid) used.
Answer:
(A) Cone, sulphuric acid (B) Potassium nitrate (Nitre)

Question 2.
Write an equation to show how nitric acid undergoes decomposition.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 8

Question 3.
Write the equation for the reaction in which copper is oxidized by concentrated nitric acid.
Answer:
Cu + 4HNO3 → Cu(NO3)2 + 2H2O + 2NO2

2008

Question 4.
Identify the following substances: a dilute acid B which does not normally give hydrogen when reacted with metals but does give a gas when it reacts with copper.
Answer:
HNO3 (Nitric acid)

Question 2.
Copy and complete the following table relating to an important industrial process. Output refers to the product of the process not the intermediate steps.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 9
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 10

Question 3.
What is the property of nitric acid which allows it to react with copper ?
Answer:
Nitric acid works as an oxidising agent.

Question 4.
Write the equations for the following reactions: Dilute nitric acid and copper.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 11

2009

Question 1.
Name the gas evolved (formula is not acceptable). The gas produced by the action of dilute nitric acid on copper.
Answer:
Nitric oxide (NO)

Question 2.
Match each substance A to E listed below with the appropriate description given below.|
(A) Sulphur

(B) Silver chloride
(C) Hydrogen chloride
(D) Copper (II) sulphate
(E) Graphite.
A non-metal which reacts with concentrated nitric acid to form its own acid as one of the product.

Question 3.
Correct the following statements.Copper reacts with nitric acid to produce nitrogen dioxide.
Answer:
Copper reacts with concentrated nitric acid to produce nitrogen dioxide.

2010

Question 1.
Select the correct answer from A, B, C D and E
(A) Nitroso Iron (II) sulphate
(B) Iron (III) chloride
(C) Chromium sulphate
(D) Lead (II) chloride
(E) Sodium chloride.
The compound which is responsible for the brown ring in the brown ring test for identify the nitrate ion.

Question 2.
A blue crystalline solid X on heating gave a reddish brown gas Y, a gas which re-lights a glowing splint and a residue is black Identify X, Y and write the equation for the action of heat on X.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 12
(1) X = Copper nitrate [Cu(NO3)2]
Y = Nitrogen gas (NO2)
(2) New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 13
(3) Cu(NO3)2 + H2S → CuS ↓+ 2HNO3

2011

Question 1.
Choose from the list substances – Acetylence gas, aqua fortis, coke, brass, barium chloride, bronze, platinum. A catalyst used in the manufacture of nitric acid by Ostwald’s process.
Answer:
Platinum

Question 2.
State your observation when copper is heated with concentrated nitric acid in a hard glass test tube.
Answer:
At once reddish brown fumes of nitrogen dioxide gas are evolved. Gradually the copper dissolves in dilute nitric acid to form greenish blue solution of copper (II) oxide.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 14

Question 3.
Choose the correct answer from the choices given – The brown ring test is used for detection of:
(A) C023
(B) NO-3
(c) SO23
(D) cl-

Question 4.
(1) State the special feature of the apparatus used in the laboratory preparation of nitric acid?
(2) State why the temperature of the reaction mixture of HNO3 is not allowed to rise above 200°C.
Answer:

  1. All glass apparatus is used because the vapours of nitric acid are corrosive and destroy materials like rubber and cork.
  2. The reaction mixture is not heated beyond 200 °C because at higher temperature:
    The nitric acid would decompose:
    4 HNO→4NO2 ↑+ 2H2O + O2
    The residue, sodium sulphate or potassium sulphate, forms a hard crust that sticks to the glass. Hence, its removal becomes difficult.

Question 5.
Write a balanced equation for – Ferric hydroxide reacts with nitric acid.
Ans.
Fe (OH)3 + 3HNO3→ Fe (NO3)3 + 3H2O

2012

Question 1.
Name the gas produced when copper reacts with concentrated nitric acid.
Answer:
Nitrogen dioxide.

Question 2.
State one observation for the following: Zinc nitrate crystals are strongly heated.
Answer:
Reddish brown gas is liberated residue is yellow when hot and white when cold.

Question 3.
Rewrite the correct statement with the missing word/s: Magnesium reacts with nitric acid to liberate hydrogen gas.
Answer:
With very dilute nitric acid.

Question 4.
Give reasons for the following: Iron is rendered passive with fuming nitric acid.
Answer:
Iron forms coating of its oxide and nitrate which stops further reaction.

Question 5.
Give a balanced equation for the reactions: Dilute nitric acid and Copper carbonate.
Answer:
CuCO3 + 2HNO3→ Cu (NO3)2 + H2O + CO2

2013

Question 1.
Identify the gas evolved when:

  1. Sulphur is treated with concentrated nitric acid.
  2. A few crystals of KNO3 are heated in a hard glass test tube.

Answer:

  1.  Nitrogen dioxide gas
  2. Oxygen gas

Question 2.
State two relevant observations for : Lead nitrate crys­tals are heated in a hard glass test tube.
Answer:

  1. Brown coloured pungent smelling gas – nitrogen dioxide (NO2) is produced.
  2. Buff coloured residue of PbO is obtained in the test tube.
  3. Oxygen produced relits a glowing splinter.

Question 3.
Give balanced equations for: Oxidation of carbon with concentrated nitric acid.
Answer:
C + 4HNO3 → 2H2O + 4NO2 + CO2

2014

1. Fill in the blank from the choices given in the bracket:

Question 1.
Cold, dil. nitric acid reacts with copper to form________(Hydrogen, nitrogen dioxide, nitric oxide).
Answer:
Cold, dilute nitric acid reacts with copper to form nitric oxide. }

Question 2.
Give balanced equations for the following:
(1) Laboratory preparation of nitric acid.
(2) Action of heat on a mixture of copper and concentrated nitric acid.
Answer:

  1. Laboratory preparation of nitric acid.
  2. Action of heat on a mixture of copper and concentrated nitric acid.
    Cu + 4HNO3  → Cu(NO3)2 + 2H2O + 2NO

2015

Question 1.
State one appropriate observation for — When crystals of copper nitrate are heated in a test tube.
Answer:
The greenish blue crystals of copper nitrate will change to black residue of copper oxide and give reddish brown gas i.e., nitrogen dioxide on heating.

Question 2.
Identify the acid — The acid which is prepared by cata­lytic oxidation of ammonia.
Answer:
Nitric acid

Question 3.
Explain the following:

  1. Dil. HN03 is generally considered a typical acid but not so in its reaction with metals.
  2. When it is left standing in a glass bottle, concentrated nitric add appears yellow.
  3. In the laboratory preparation of nitric acid, an all glass apparatus is used.

Answer:

  1. It is because it does not liberate hydrogen gas when treated with metals. Instead it liberates oxides of nitrogen, such as nitric oxide, nitrogen dioxide, etc., as it is very powerful oxidising agent.
  2. Cone. Nitric acid on exposure to sunlight, slowly decomposes to form nitrogen dioxide gas which is reddish brown in color/. Nitrogen dioxide gas redissolves in the nitric acid and imparts it yellow colour.
  3.  Nitric acid is a powerful oxidising agent and hence corrodes rubber or any other stoppers to avoid corrosion, we use all glass apparatus.

Question 4.
From the list of the following salts —
AgCl, MgCl2, NaHSO4, PbCO3, ZnCO3, KNO3, Ca(NO3)2 State the salt which on heating, evolves a brown coloured gas.
Answer:
On heating this salt, a brown-coloured gas is evolved is Ca(NO3)2

2016

Question 1.
Write balanced chemical equation for: Action of hot and concentrated nitric acid on copper.
Answer:
Cu + 4HNO3 → Cu(NO3)2 + 2H2O + 2NO2  

Question 2.
Fill in the blanks using the appropriate words given in the bracket below:

(sulphur dioxide, nitrogen dioxide, nitric oxide, sulphuric acid)

  1. Cold, dilute, nitric acid reacts with copper to given nitric oxide.
  2.  Hot, concentrated nitric acid reacts with sulphur to form sulphuric acid.

2017

Question 1.
Write the balanced chemical equation for –

  1. Action of cold and dilute nitric acid on copper,
  2. Action of cone. nitric acid on sulphur.
  3. Laboratory preparation of ni- trie acid.

Answer:

  1. 3Cu + 8HNO3 (dil.) → 3Cu(NO3)2 + 2NO(g) + 4H2O
  2.  S + 6HNO3(conc.) → H2SO4 + 2H2O + 6NO2 (g)
  3. New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 15

 ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS

Question 1.
State  how atmospheric nitrogen converts itself to nitric acid.
Ans.

    1. During lightning discharge, nitrogen in the atmosphere reacts with oxygen to form nitric oxide and further to nitrogen dioxide.
    2. The nitrogen dioxide dissolves in atmospheric moisture forming nitric acid.
      New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 16
      2NO + O→2NO2
      4NO3+2HO + O2→ 4 HNO(acid Rain)

Question 2.
Give a word equation and balanced molecular equation for the laboratory preparation of nitric acid from (1) KN03 (2) NaNO3.
Answer:
(1)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 17
(2)
Sodium Nitrate + Sulphuric acid (conc.)  Sodium Bisuiphate + Nitric acid
NaNO3 + H2S04 (conc.) NaHSO4 + HNO3

 Question 3.
In the laboratory preparation of nitric acid from – KNOor NaNO3 State

  1. The acid used
  2. The type of apparatus used
  3. The precautions to be taken during the preparation
  4. The method of collection of the acid
  5. The method of identification of the product i.e. acid formed.

Answer:

  1. Cone, sulphuric acid
  2. Glass retort
  3. Precautions are:

    • Use all glass apparatus with no wooden or rubber cork.
    • Control the temperature carefully at nearly 200 °C.
  4. Concentrated nitric acid vapours – condense and are collected in the water-cooled receiver.
  5. The vapours obtained in the receiver on heating alone or with copper turnings evolve – reddish brown fumes of nitrogen dioxide which turns acidified ferrous sulphate solution brown – proving that the vapours are of nitric acid.

Question 4.
Give reasons for the following – pertaining to the above laboratory preparation of nitric acid
Question 4(1).
concentrated hydrochloric acid is not used as a reactant in the laboratory preparation.
Answer:
Cone. HCl is not used as a reactant in the laboratory preparation of nitric acid. It is due to the following reasons:

  1. HCl is a volatile acid.
  2. HNO3, if formed, will oxidise HCl to Cl,. In the process, HNO3 will get reduced to NO or NO,. This very little yield, if any, of HNO, will be obtained and that too will be contaminated with HCl.

Question 4(2).
The complete apparatus in the laboratory preparation does not contain parts made of rubber or cork.
Answer:
The complete apparatus is made of glass only – since the vapours of nitric acid being highly corrosive and attack rubber, cork, etc.

Question 4(3).
The reaction temperature is maintained below 200°C
Answer:
The reaction temperature is maintained below 200°C. This is because at higher temperatures, HNO3 decomposes to give NO2. The brown coloured NO2 dissolves in HNO3 to give it a yellow colour. Thus, if the temperature is allowed to go beyond 200°C, the product (HNO3) obtained is not pure (colourless).

Question 4(3).
At high temperatures the sodium sulphate or phtassium sulphate formed, forms a crust and sticks to the glass apparatus.
Answer:
Formation of a hard residual crust of the corresponding sulphate [Na2SO4 or K2SO4] which being a -poor conductor of heat, sticks to the glass and cannot be easily removed from the apparatus.

Question 5.
State the colour of
(1) pure nitric acid
(2) nitric acid obtained in the laboratory
(3) nitric acid obtained in the laboratory after passage of air or addition of water to it.
Answer:

  1. Pure nitric acid is colourless.
  2. Nitric acid obtained in laboratory is pale yellow in colour.
  3. The pale yellow colour of nitric acid disappears and hence it becomes colourless.

Question 6.
State which reaction of ammonia forms the first step of Ostwald’s process.
Answer:
The first step of Ostwald’s process involves catalytic oxidation of ammonia to nitric oxide and water (steam).
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 18

Question 7.
Convert ammonia to nitric acid by the above process giving all conditions.
Answer:
Step I
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 19
Step II
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 20
Step III
 4NO2 + 2H2O → 4HNO3

Question 8.
State how —

  1. a higher ratio of the reactant air
  2. exothermicity of the catalytic reaction
  3. use of low temp, in the conversion of NO to NO2 – affects each related step in Ostwald’s process.

Answer:

  1. Excess of air carries the reactions in forward direction as oxygen is needed in all the three reactions, leading to the formation of nitric acid.
  2. The exothermicity of catalytic reaction helps in stopping external heating, there by saving on energy.
  3. Low temperature (less than 50°C)

Question 9.
State why  nitric acid

  1. Stains the skin
  2. Cannot be concentrated beyond 68% by boiling.

Answer:

  1. Nitric acid combines with protein of the skin forming a yellow compound Xanthoproteic acid, stains skin yellow.
  2. It is because at 68% concentration it forms a constant boiling mixture, i.e., if heated beyond this concentration then proportion of water vapour and nitric acid vapour, leaving the dilute acid does not change. Thus, it cannot be concentrated by boiling.

Question 10.
State two conditions which affect the decomposition of nitric acid.
Answer:
The conditions which affect the decomposition of nitric acid are:

  1. Presence of sunlight
  2. Higher temperature.

Question 11.
State the change in colour of pure concentrated nitric acid on initial and prolonged decomposition.
Answer:
Yellowish brown colour is changed to dark yellowish brown colour on prolonged decomposition.

Question 12.
State the cation responsible for turning moist neutral litmus red on reaction with dil. HNO3.
Answer:
Hydrogen |H+| ions and Nitrate ions.

Question 13.
State why nitric acid is a strong oxidising agent and yields varying products such as NO, NO2 on reaction with metals,non-metals etc.
Answer:
The oxidising property of nitric acid is based on the fact that when nitric acid undergoes decomposition, it yields nascent oxygen, which is very reactive.
2HNO3 (cone.) → H2O + 2NO2 + [O]
2HNO3 (dil.) → H2O + 2NO + 3[O]
This nascent oxygen oxidises metals, non-metals, organic and inorganic compounds. During the process, nitric acid itself gets reduced to various products (NO, NO2, N2O, NH3, etc.) depending upon the concentration of the acid, reaction temperature and activity of the metal with which it is reacting.

Question 14.
Give an equation for reaction of cone. HNO3 with
(1) carbon
(2) copper.
Answer:

  1. C + 4HNOs → CO2 + 2H2O + 4NO2
  2. 3Cu + 8HNO3 → 3Cu (NO3)2 + 4H2O + 2NO

Question 15.
Convert nitric acid to sulphuric acid using a non-metal.
Answer:
S + 6HNO3 → H2SO4 + 2H2O + 6NO2

Question 16.
State how you would obtain
(1) Hydrogen
(2) Nitric oxide
(3) Nascent chlorine – from nitric acid. State the concentration of nitric acid used in each case.
Ans.

  1. Hydrogen from nitric acid: Cold, very dilute (1%) nitric acid reacts with metals like Mg and Mn to give H2.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 21
  2. Nitric oxide from nitric acid: Dilute nitric acid reacts with metals like Cu, Ag to give nitric oxide (NO).
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 22
  3. Nascent chlorine from nitric oxide: A mixture of cone, nitric acid (I part) and cone, hydrochloric acid (III parts) (by volume) reacts with noble metals like gold and platinum. In this reaction, nascent chlorine is formed as an intermediate.
    HNO3 (cone.) + 3HCl (cone.) → 2H2O + NOCL + 2|Cl|

Question 17.
State why hydrogen is liberated when zinc reacts with dil.HCl but not with dil. HNO3.
Answer:
Zinc displace hydrogen from dil. HCl.
Zn + 2HCl(dil.) → ZnCl2 + H2
However, when zinc reacts with dil HNO3, no hydrogen is obtained. This is because nitric acid is a strong oxidising agent. Nitric acid oxidises the hydrogen produced to water and hence no hydrogen is liberated.

Question 18.
State a reason for the inactivity of iron and aluminium on reaction with fuming HNO3.
Answer:
Pure or fuming nitric acid renders metals like iron (Fe) and Al- passive i. e., inactive. This is due to the formation of a thin oxide coating on the surface of the metal which prevents further action.

Question 19.
State your observation when
(1) nitric acid is added to saw dust
(2) cone, nitric acid is heated
(a) in absence of copper
(b) in presence of copper.
Answer:

  1. Nitric acid being a strong oxidising agent decomposes to give nascent oxygen, which being very reactive, oxidises organic compounds to carbon dioxide and water. Saw dust is organic in nature. When hot cone. HNO3 is poured over saw dust, it burst into flames due to oxidation.
  2. (a)
    When cone. HNO, is heated, it decomposes to give brown coloured pungent smelling gas nitrogen dioxide (NO2).
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 23(b)
    (b) When. ”cone. HNO3 is heated in the presence of copper, brown coloured, pungent smelling NO2 is formed alongwith blue coloured copper nitrate.
    Cu + 4HNO(cone.)→ Cu(NO3)2 + 2H2O + 2NO2

Question 20.
State how addition of nitric acid to acidified FeSO, serves as a test for the former.
Answer:
Nitric acid oxidises iron(II) sulphate to iron (III) sulphate with the liberation of nitric oxide gas.
6FeSO4 +3H2SO4 + 2HNO3 (dil. ) → 3Fe2(SO4)3 + 4H2O +2NO
The nitric oxide so formed reacts wtih more of iron(II) sulphate to form nitrosoferrous sulphate, which appears in the form of brown ring at the junction of liquids.
FeSO4 + NO → FeSO4.NO

Question 21.
Name three chemical products manufactured from nitric acid. Give two general uses of HNO3.
Answer:

  1. Three chemical products manufactured from nitric acid. Explosives (T.N.T., picric acid, nitrocellulose etc.)
  2. Fertilizers (Ammonium nitrate, calcium ammonium nitrate or C.A.N.)
  3. Dyes (Picric acid and other nitro dyes)
    Two general uses of nitric acid

    1. For refinning of noble metals like gold, platinum etc.
    2. For etching on stainless steel.

UNIT TEST PAPER 7C — NITRIC ACID

Question 1.
Select the letters A, B, C, D or E, which form the gaseous products of the reactions from 1 to 5.
A: Nitrogen dioxide only
B: Nitric oxide only
C: Hydrogen
D: Nitrogen dioxide and oxygen
E: Nitrogen dioxide and carbon dioxide.

1. Reaction of manganese with cold very dil. nitric acid.
2. Reaction of sulphur with cone, nitric acid.
3. Reaction of zinc with dil. nitric acid.
4. Reaction of carbon with cone, nitric acid.
5. Heat on nitric acid.
Answer:

  1. (C) Hydrogen
  2. (A) Nitrogen dioxide only
  3. (B) Nitric oxide only
  4. (E) Nitrogen dioxide and carbon dioxide.
  5. (D) Nitrogen dioxide and oxygen.

Question 2.
Select the correct word from the list in bracket to complete each statement
.

  1. The oxidised product obtained on reaction of H2S ghs with dil. HNO3 is ……… (sulphur dioxide / sulphur / sulphuric acid).
    Ans. sulphur
  1. Aqua regia is a mixture of one part of…………… and three parts of……… (cone, hydrochloric acid/conc. nitric acid) in which nitric acid……….. (reduces/oxidises) hydrochloric acid to chlorine.
    Ans. cone, nitric acid, cone, hydrochloric acid, oxidises
  1. Pure cone, nitric acid or fuming nitric acid renders the metal…………. (zinc/copper/iron) passive or inactive.
    Ans. Iron
  1. A mineral acid obtained from cone, nitric acid on reaction with a non-metal is……….. (hydrochloric acid / sulphuric acid / carbonic acid).
    Ans. sulphuric acid
  1. The reaction of……….. (calcium carbonate / calcium oxide/ calcium sulphite) with dilute nitric acid is an example of a neutralization reaction.
    Ans. calcium oxide

Question 3.
Give balanced equations for the following conversions A to E.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 24
Answer:
1. A: Cu + 4HNO3→ Cu (NO3)2 + 2H2O + 2NO
B:New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 25
C : New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 26
2. D : S + 6HNO3→ H2SO4 + 2H2O + 6NO2
E : 3SO2 + 2H2O + 2HNO3 → 3H2SO4 + 2NO

Question 4.
Name the oxidised product when the following 1 to 5 react with nitric acid    

  1. Sulphur (with cone, acid)
  2. Zinc (with dil. acid)
  3. Aqueous soln. of SO2 (with dil. acid)
  4. Acidified iron (II) sulphate (with dil. acid)
  5. Carbon (with cone, acid)

Answer:
1. H2SO4
2. Zn(NO3)2
3. H2SO4
4.Fe2(SO4)3 CO2

Question 5.
Give reasons for the following:

  1. Nitric acid is not manufactured from atmospheric nitrogen.
    Ans. Direct conversion of atmospheric N2 into HNO3 is highly energy intensive process and hence very expensive.
  1. Nitric acid affects the skin if it accidently falls on it, staining the skin yellow.
    Ans. Nitric acid has an extremely corrosive action on the skin – and causes painful blisters. It combines with the protein of the skin forming a yellow compound xanthoproteic acid and hence stains the skin yellow.
  1. The yellow colour of nitric acid obtained in the laboratory is removed by babbling air through it.
    Ans. Yellow colour of the nitric acid is due to dissolved NO2. On bubbling air through it the NO2 is oxidised to HNO3 and the yellow colour of the acid disappears.
  1. Nitric acid finds application in the purification of gold.
    Ans. Nitric acid is used for purification of gold because it can dissolve away all impurities of baser metals (Ag, Cu, etc.), leaving behing pure gold.
  1. Nitric acid is a stronger oxidising agent in the cone, state of the acid than in the dilute state.
    Ans. Cone. HNOis a stronger oxidising agent than dil HNO3. It is due to the ease with which cone. HNO3 decomposes to give nascent oxygen, which acts as a powerful oxidising agent.

Question 6.
Answer the following questions pertaining to the brown ring test for nitric acid:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7C Study Of Compounds - Nitric Acids 27

  1. Name the chemical constituent of the brown ring ‘Y’.
    Ans. FeSO4.NO
  1. Which of the two solutions – iron (II) sulphate or cone, sulphuric acid, do ‘X’ and ‘Z’ represent.
    Ans. X-FeSO4                      Z-H2SO4
  2. State why the unstable brown ring decomposes completely on disturbing.
    Ans. When test tube is disturbed, cone. H2SO4 mixes with water (in Fe2SO4 solution). Dilution of cone. H2SO4 with water is an exothermic process. The heat so produced assists in the decomposition of unstable brown ring.
  1. Give a reason why the brown ring does not settle down at the bottom of the test tube.
    Ans. Cone. H2SO4), (density 1.98) is twice as heavy as water (density : 1). As such cone. H2SO4 settles down and iron(II) sulphate layer remains alone it resulting in the formation of brown ring at the junction.
  1. Name the gas evolved when acidified iron (II) sulphate reacts with dilute nitric acid in the brown ring test.
    Ans. Nitric oxide (NO)

SOMETHING MORE TO DO

Question 1.
Perform ring test in the laboratory in the presence of your teacher.
Answer:
Brown ring test: Procedure – Take a solution of – a nitrate or dilute nitric acid in a test tube.
Add to it – a freshly prepared saturated solution of iron [II] sulphate.
Add – cone, sulphuric acid carefully from the sides of the test tube.

For More Resources

 

Hope given New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Nitric Acids helpful to you.

If you have any doubts, please comment below. We try to provide online math tutoring for you

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Study Of Compounds : Ammonia

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Study Of Compounds: Ammonia

ICSE SolutionsSelina ICSE SolutionsML Aggarwal Solutions

Viraf J Dalal Chemistry Class 10 Solutions and Answers

Simplified ChemistryEnglishMathsPhysicsChemistryBiology

Questions
2001

Question 1.
State what do you observe when :
Neutral litmus solution is added to an alkaline solution.
Answer:
The litmus solution turns to blue.

Question 2.
Name (formula is not acceptable) the gas produced in the following reaction :
Warming ammonium sulphate with sodium hydroxide solution.
Answer:
Ammonia gas.

Question 3.
Write the equation for the preparation of NH3 from ammonium chloride and calcium hydroxide.
Answer:
2NH4Cl + Ca(OH)2 → CaCl2 + 2NH3 + 2H2O

Question 4.
What are the products formed when ammonia is oxidized with copper oxide.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 1

2002

Question 1.
From the following gases – ammonia, chlorine, hydrogen chloride, sulphur dioxide, select the gas that turns moist red litmus paper blue.
Write the equation for the reaction – when the gas is passed over heated CuO.
Answer:
Ammonia gas.
3CuO + 2NH3 → 3Cu + N2 + 3H2O

2003

Question 1.
Name a gas whose solution in water is alkaline.
Answer:
Ammonia

Question 2.
How would you distinguish between Zn2+ and Pb2+ using ammonium hydroxide solution.
Answer:
Zinc salt gives white gelatinous ppt. and Pb2+ gives chalky white ppt. with ammonium hydroxide.

Question 3.
Write the equation for the formation of ammonia by the action of water on mangesium nitride.
Answer:
Mg3N2 + 6H2O → 2NH3 + 3Mg (OH)2

Question 4.
How is ammonia collected. Why is ammonia not collected over water.
Answer:
Ammonia gas is lighter than air and hence collected by the downward displacement of air.
Ammonia is not collected over water because it is highly soluble in water.

Question 5.
Which compound is normally used as a drying agent for ammonia.
Answer:
Quicklime(Calcium oxide CaO).

2004

Question 1.
From the gases ammonia, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen sulphide, sulphur dioxide – Select the following :

  1. When this gas is bubbled through copper sulphate soln., a deep blue coloured solution is formed.
  2. This gas burns in oxygen with a green flame.

Answer:

  1. ammonia
  2. ammonia

Question 2.
Write the equation for the reaction in the Haber’s process that forms ammonia.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 2

Question 3.
State the purpose of liquefying the ammonia produced in the process.
Answer:
By liquefying ammonia, it can be easily seperated from unreacted N2 and H2 gases.

Question 4.
Write an equation for the reaction of chlorine with excess of ammonia.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 3

2005

Question 1.
Name the ion other than ammonium ion formed when ammonia dissolves in water.
Answer:
Hydroxyl ion (NH3 + H2O → NH++ OH )

Question 2.
Write the equations for the following reactions which result in the formation of ammonia.

  1. A mixture of ammonium chloride and slaked lime is heated.
  2. Aluminium nitride and water.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 4

2006

Question 1.
Select the correct compound from the list given — Ammonia, Copper oxide, Copper sulphate, Hydrogen chloride, Hydrogen sulphide, Lead bromide — which matches the description given below :
The compound is not a metal hydroxide, its aqueous solution is alkaline in nature.
Answer:
Ammonia.

Question 2.
From the list of substances given — Ammonium sulphate, Lead carbonate, Chlorine, Copper nitrate, Ferrous sulphate — State :
A compound which on heating with sodium hydroxide produces a gas which forms dense white fumes with hydrogen chloride.
Answer:
Ammonium sulphate.

Question 3.
State what is observed when excess of ammonia is passed through an aq. solution of lead nitrate.
Answer:
Chalky white insoluble ppt. is formed.

Question 4.
Name the substance used for drying ammonia,
Answer:
Quick lime (CaO).

Question 5.
Write a balanced chemical equation to illustrate the reducing nature of ammonia.
Answer:
Reducing nature of ammonia.
2NH3 + 3CuO → 3Cu + 3H2 + N2 (g)

Question 6.
With reference to Haber’s process for the preparation of ammonia, write the equation and the conditions required.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 5
Conditions for maximum yield of ammonia

  1. High Pressure (700-900 atm)
  2. Optimum temperature (450-500°C)
  3. Use of a catalyst : Iron (Fe) and use of a promotor : Molybdenum (Mo)

2007

Question 1.
Write a balanced equation for the following reaction :
Ammonium sulphate from ammonia and dilute sulphuric acid.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 6

Question 2.
Give equation for – reaction in which NH3 is oxidized by :

  1. a metal oxide ;
  2. a gas which is not oxygen.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 7

Question 3.
You enter a laboratory after a class has completed the Fountain Experiment. How will you be able to tell whether the gas used in the experiment was hydrogen chloride or ammonia.
Answer:
If the colour of the litmus solution in the round bottomed flask is blue the gas used was ammonia and if the colour of the litmus solution in the round bottomed flask is red, the gas used was hydrogen chloride. This is because hydrogen chloride(aq) is acidic in nature and turns purple litmus solution red and ammonia (aq) is basic in nature and turns purple neutral litmus solution blue.

2008

Question 1.
Ammonia can be obtained by adding water to : [Select the correct word]
A Ammonium chloride
B Ammonium nitrite
C Magnesium nitride
D Magnesium nitrate
Answer:
C Magnesium nitride

Question 2.
Name : An alkaline gas A which gives dense white fumes with hydrogen chloride.
Answer:
NH3 (Ammonia)

Question 3.
Write the equation for the following reaction : Aluminium nitride and water.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 8

Question 4.
Complete the table relating to an important industrial processes. [Output refers to the product of the process].
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 9
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 10

2009

Question 1.
Name the gas – that burns in oxygen with a green flame.
Answer:
Ammonia (NH3)

Question 2.
Write a fully balanced equation for the following : Magnesium nitride is treated with warm water.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 11

Question 3.
Identity the substances ‘Q’ based on the information given :
The white crystalline solid Q is soluble in water, it liberates a pungent smelling gas when heated with sodium hydroxide solution.
Answer:
Q is Ammonium chloride and pungent smelling gas is ammonia.

2010

Question 1.
Complete the blanks (a) to (e) in the passage given, using the following words.
(Ammonium, reddish brown, hydroxyl, nitrogen dioxide, ammonia, dirty green, alkaline, acidic) in the presence of a catalyst, nitrogen and hydrogen combine
to give (a) _____ gas. When the same gas is passed through water, it forms a solution which will be _____ (b) in nature, and will contain the ions (c) _____ and (d) _____ (e) _____ coloured precipitate of iron [II] hydroxide is formed when the above solution is added to iron [II] sulphate solution, sssssss
Answer:

(a) Ammonia
(b) Alkaline
(c) Ammonium
(d) Hydroxyl
(e) Dirty green

Question 2.
State your observation when – in the absence of a catalyst ammonia gas is burnt in an atmosphere of oxygen.
Answer:
Greenish yellow flame is observed.

Question 3.
Give the equation for the reaction : ammonium chloride is heated with sodium hydroxide.
Answer:
NH4Cl + NaOH → NaCl + NH3 + H2O

Question 4.
In the manufacture of ammonia.

  1. Name the process.
  2. State the ratio must the reactants taken ?
  3. State the catalyst used.
  4. Give the equation for the manufacture of the gas ammonia.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 12

Question 5.
Write a relevant equation, to show that ammonia can act as a reducing agent
Answer:
2NH3 + 3Cl2 → N2 + 6HCl

Question 6.
Name two gases you have which can be used to study the fountain experiment.
State the common property demonstrated by the fountain experiment ?
Answer:
Two gases which are used to study the fountain experiment are Hydrogen chloride gas (HCl) and Ammonia (NH3)
The common property of these two gases demonstrated by the fountain experiment is the solubility of gases

2011

Question 1.
State what is observed when – Ammonium hydroxide is first added in a small quantity and then in excess to a solution of copper sulphate.
Answer:
On adding ammonium hydroxide in small amount, pale blue precipitates will appear. On adding ammonium hydroxide in excess, blue precipitates will dissolve forming deep blue solution.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 13

Question 2.
The diagram shows set up for the laboratory preparation of a pungent alkaline gas.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 14

  1. Name the gas collected in the jar.
  2. Write the balanced equation for the above preparation
  3. State how the gas is collected?
  4. Name the drying agent used.
  5. State how you will find out that the jar is full of pungent gas?

Answer:

  1. Ammonia (NH3)
  2. NH4 Cl + Ca (OH)2 → CaCl2 + 2H2O + 2NH3
  3. Downward displacement of air
  4. Quicklime (CaO)
  5. Bring a rod dipped in HCl near it. Dense white fumes of ammonium chloride will be formed.

Question 3.
Write a balanced chemical equation – Chlorine reacts with excess of ammonia.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 15

Question 4.
State your observation when – Water is added to the product formed, when aluminium is burnt in a jar of nitrogen gas.
Answer:
Pungent smelling and alkaline gas (NH3) is evolved.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 16

2012

Question 1.
Name the gas produced when excess ammonia reacts with chlorine.
Answer:
Nitrogen.

Question 2.
Rewrite the correct statement with the missing word/s Magnesium nitride reacts with water to liberate ammonia.
Answer:
Magnesium nitride reacts with warm water to liberate ammonia along with magnesium hydroxide.

Question 3.
Give balanced equation for the reaction : Ammonia and Oxygen in the presence of a catalyst.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 17

Question 4.
The following questions are based on the preparation of ammonia gas in the laboratory:

  1. Explain why ammonium nitrate is not used in the preparation of ammonia.
  2. Name the compound normally used as a drying agent during the process.
  3. How is ammonia gas collected ? Explain why it is not collected over water.

Answer:

  1. Ammonium nitrate does not undergo a reversible sublimation reaction, it melts and then decompses into nitrogen oxide gas and water vapour. Thus it is not used in the preparation of ammonia.
    NH4NO3 → N2O + 2H2O
  2. Calcium oxide
  3. Ammonia is collected in an inverted dry gas jar by downward displacement of air.
    It is highly soluble in water and hence cannot be collected by downward displacement of water.

2013

Question 1.
State one appropriate observation for :
Excess of chlorine gas is reacted with ammonia gas.
Answer:
A yellow explosive liquid (Nitrogen trichloride) is formed.

Question 2.
Nitrogen gas can be obtained by heating :

(a) Ammonium nitrate
(b) Ammonium nitrite
(c) Magnesium nitric
(d) Ammonium chloride

Answer:

(b) Ammonium nitrite

Question 3.
State two relevant observations for :
Ammonium hydroxide solution is added to zinc nitrate solution in minimum quantities and then in excess.
Answer:
A white gelatin like precipitate of zinc hydroxide is formed which dissolves in excess of ammonium hydroxide.

Question 4.
Give balanced equations for :
Reduction of hot Copper (II) oxide to copper using ammonia gas.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 18

Question 5.
Copy and complete the following table relating to im¬portant industrial process :
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 19
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 20

Question 6.
Identify : An alkaline gas which produces dense white fumes when reacted with HCl gas.
Answer:
Ammonia gas.

2014

Question 1.
Fill in the blank from the choices given in bracket : Ammonia gas is collected by _____ (upward displacement of air, a downward displacement of water, a downward displacement of air)
Answer:
Ammonia gas is collected by a downward displacement of air.

Question 2.
Write balanced equation for : Action of warm water on magnesium nitride.
Answer:
Action of warm water on magnesium nitride.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 21

Question 3.
Distinguish between the following pairs of compounds using the test given within bracket :

  1. Iron(II)sulphate and iron (III) sulphate (using ammonium hydroxide)
  2. A lead salt and a zinc salt (using excess ammonium hydroxide)

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 22
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 23

Question 4.
State your observation : Calcium hydroxide is heated with ammonium chloride crystals.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 24
ammonia gas is evolved which fumes strongly in moist air.

Question 5.
Name the other ion formed when ammonia dissolves in water. Give one test that can be used to detect the presence of the ion produced.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 25

Question 6.
State the conditions required for : Catalytic oxidation of ammonia to nitric oxide.
Answer:
Catalytic oxidation of ammonia to nitric oxide.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 26
Conditions for catalytic oxidation of ammonia to nitric oxide : Platinum catalyst and 800°C temperature.

2015

Question 1.
From the list the gases — Ammonia, ethane, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen sulphide, ethyne
Select the gas which is used as a reducing agent in reducing copper oxide to copper.
Answer:
Hydrogen

Question 2.
State one relevant observation — Ammonia gas is burnt in an atmosphere of excess oxygen.
Answer:
Ammonia gas bums to form nitrogen gas and steamy fumes of water.

Question 3.
A metal ‘X’ has valency 2 and a non-metal ‘Y’ has a valency 3.
If ‘Y ’ is a diatomic gas, write an equation for the direct combination of X and Y to from a compound.
Answer:
The equation for the direct combination of X and Y to form a compound is
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 27

Question 4.
Give balanced chemical equations —

  1. Lab. preparation of ammonia using an ammonium salt.
  2. Reaction of ammonia with excess chlorine.
  3. Reaction of ammonia with sulphuric acid.

Answer:

  1. Ammonia is prepared in the laboratory by using ammonium chloride.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 28
  2. When ammonia reacts with excess of chlorine, it forms nitrogen trichloride and HCl
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 29
  3. Ammonia reacts with sulphuric acid to form ammonium sulphate.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 30

2016

Question 1.
Write balanced equations for :

  1. Action of warm water on AIN.
  2. Excess of ammonia is treated with chlorine.
  3. An equation to illustrate the reducing nature of ammonia.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 31

Question 2.
Name the gas evolved when the following mixtures are heated :

  1. Calcium hydroxide and Ammonium chloride.
  2. Sodium nitrite and Ammonium chloride.

Answer:

  1. Ammonia gas
  2. Nitrogen gas

2017

Question 1.
Write the balanced chemical equation for each of the following –

  1. Reaction of ammonia with heated copper oxide.
  2. Laboratory preparation of ammonia from ammonium chloride.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 32

Question 2.
State one relevant observation for the following reaction – Burning of ammonia in air.
Answer:
Ammonia bums with a yellowish green flame.

Question 3.
Certain blanks spaces are left in the following tables as C, D & E. Identify each of them.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 33
Answer:

C : Reactants are Magnesium nitride(Mg3N2) and water(H2O).
D : Drying agent is anhydrous calcium oxide (Quick lime).
E : NH3 gas is collected by the downward displacement of air.

Question 4.
Give a balanced chemical equation for each of the following –

  1. Catalytic oxidation of ammonia.
  2. Reaction of ammonia with nitric acid.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 34

Additional Questions

Question 1.
State why nitrogenous matter produces ammonia. State a liquid source of ammonia.
Answer:
When nitrogenous matter (such as animal and vegetable protiens) decays in the absence of air, the putrefying bacteria on the organic matter in the soil or ammonifying bacteria in organic matter produces ammonia.
The liquid souce of ammonia is decaying urine of animals.

Question 2.
Give the word equation and balanced molecular equation for the laboratory preparation of ammonia from NH4Cl and calcium hydroxide.
Answer:
Ammonium Chloride + Calcium Hydroxide → Calcium Chloride + Water + Ammonia
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 35

Question 3.
Convert ammonium sulphate to ammonia using two different alkalis.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 36

Question 4.
State why ammonia is not obtained in the laboratory from NH4NO3 and NaOH.
Answer:
Ammonium nitrate on heating decomposes explosively with the formation of nitrous oxide and water.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 37

Question 5.
State the method used with reasons for drying and collecting ammonia gas.
Answer:
Calcium oxide (quick lime) is used for drying ammonia. It is because, calcium oxide being basic in nature does not react chemically with ammonia.
CaO + H2O → Ca(OH)2
Chemicals such as CaCl2 (anhydrous), P2O5 and cone H2SO4 are not used for drying ammonia, because they react chemically with it as shown in the equation below :
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 38
Ammonia is collected by downward displacement of air. Ammonia gas is highly soluble in water, as such it cannot be collected over water. Further, ammonia is lighter than air. As such ammonia is collected by downward displacement of air.

Question 6.
State how you would convert (i) Mg (ii) Ca (iii) Al – to ammonia.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 39
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 40

Question 7.
Give a balanced equation with all conditions to obtain NH3 from N2 and H2.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 41
Conditions for maximum yield of ammonia :

  • Pressure : 200-900°C (High pressure)
  • Temperature : 450-500°C (Optimum temperature)
  • Catalyst : Finely divided iron, Fe
  • Promotor : Molybdenum, Mo

Question 8.
State two physical properties of NH3 which enable separation of NH3 from a mixture of NH3, N2 and H2.
Answer:

  1. Ammonia liquifies at a pressure 8 atmosphere at -33°C, but not hydrogen and nitrogen.
  2. Ammonia is extremely soluble in water, but not hydrogen and nitrogen.

Question 9.
Compare the density of ammonia with that of air. Name two gases lighter than ammonia.
Answer:
The vapour density of ammonia is 8.5 and that of air is 14.4. The two gases lighter than ammonia are

  1. hydrogen
  2. helium.

Question 10.
‘Ammonia is highly soluble in water’. Name two other gases showing similar solubility.
Answer:
The other highly soluble gases in water are :

  1. Hydrogen chloride
  2. Sulphur trioxide.

Question 11.
Name the experiment and state its procedure to demonstrate the high solubility of ammonia.
Answer:
Highly solubility of ammonia can be shown by Fountain Experiment.
To demonstrate the high solubility of ammonia gas in water.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 42
Apparatus :

  1. Round bottomed flask filled with ammonia gas.
  2. Mouth of the flask with a rubber stopper with two holes, one for jet tube and other for dropper containing water.
  3. Trough below contains red litmus solution.

Procedure :

  1. The dropper containing water is squeezed and few drops of water enters the flask.
  2. Ammonia gas present in the flask gets dissolved in water due to its high solubility, which creates a partial vacuum in the flask.
  3. Since outside pressure is higher, so red litmus solution rush up the jet tube and emerge as a fountain. (Ammonia gas being basic changed red litmus blue.)
    Ammonia gas is lighter than air, hence it is collected by downward displacement of air.
  4. Easily liquified at low temperatures.
  5. Liquid ammonia boils at – 33.5°C
  6. Solid ammonia melts at – 77.5°C

Question 12.
Give an equation for the burning of ammonia in oxygen. State the observation seen.
Answer:
Ammonia bums in the atmosphere of oxygen with a pale blue flame, forming nitrogen gas and water vapour.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 43

Question 13.
Convert ammonia to nitric oxide by catalytic oxidation of ammonia. State all conditions.
Answer:
When a mixture of 2 (vols.) of oxygen and l(vols.) of ammonia is passed over platinum gauze maintained at 800°C, it reacts to form nitric oxide and water vapour.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 44

  • Conditions for the reaction : Ostwald’s process
  • Temperature : 800°C
  • Catalyst : Platinum (Pt)

Question 14.
Draw a simple diagram for the catalytic oxidation of ammonia in the laboratory.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 45

Question 15.
Give reasons for the observation seen during catalytic oxidation of ammonia.
Answer:
The colourless nitric oxide formed undergoes further oxidation to give reddish brown vapours of nitrogen oxide.
The platinum(catalyst) continues to emit a reddish glow even after the heating is discontinued since the catalytic oxidation of ammonia is an exothermic reaction.

Question 16.
Name an industrial process which involves ammonia, oxygen and a catalyst as its starting reactants.
Answer:
The industrial process is called Ostwald’s process for preparing nitric acid.

Question 17.
State what an aqueous solution of NH3 is called. State how it is prepared giving reasons.
Answer:
The aqueous solution of ammonia is chemically ammonium hydroxide(NH4OH) (Liquor Ammonia).
It is prepared by connecting the delivery tube of the apparatus generating ammonia with an inverted funnel whose rim is just dipping in water contained in beaker.
This arrangement provides

  1. large surface area for the absorption of ammonia and
  2. prevents back suction
    NH3 + H2O → NH4 OH

Question 18.
State why an aq. soln. of NH3

  1. turns red litmus blue
  2. is a weak base and a weak electrolyte.

Answer:

  1. Ammonia on dissolving in water furnishes ammonium (NH4+) ions and hydroxyl (OH) ions.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 46
    The presence of OH turns the red litmus blue.
  2. When ammonia dissolves in water, it forms ammonium hydroxide. The ammonium hydroxide dissociates to NH4+ ions and OH ions.
    However, the degree of dissociation of ammonium hydroxide molecules is very low. Thus, due to the presence of few OH- ions it is a weak base, as well as weak electrolyte.

Question 19.
State two different methods of preparing NH4Cl using hydrochloric acid.
Answer:

  1. When ammonium hydroxide is treated with hydrochloric acid, neutrilisation reaction takes place with formation of Ammonium chloride
    NH4OH + HCl (dil.) → NH4Cl + H2O
  2. When ammounium carbonate is treated with hydrochloric acid, it forms ammonium chloride, carbon dioxide and water.
    (NH4)2 CO3 + 2HCl (dil.) → 2NH4Cl + CO2 + H2O

Question 20.
Convert (i) ammonia (ii) ammonium hydroxide to an ammonium salt using (a) HNO3 (b) H2SO4.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 47

Question 21.
State a reason why reaction of liquor ammonia with nitric acid is a neutralization reaction.
Answer:
Liquor ammonia is a saturated solution of ammonia in water. Ammonia, NH3 dissolves in water to give ammonium hydroxide which dissociates partially to give NH4+ and OH ions. Due to presence of OH ions, ammonium hydroxide acts as an alkali.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 48
The reaction between an acid (nitric acid) and an alkali or base is a neutralisation reaction.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 49
Hence, the reaction between liquor ammonia and nitric acid is a neutralisation reaction.

Question 22.
State why an aqueous solution of ammonia (NH4OH) is used for identifying cations.
Answer:
Because of its colour and solubility in excess NH4OH.

Question 23.
State how NH4OH is used for identify :

  1. Fe2+
  2. Fe3+
  3. pb2+
  4. Zn2+
  5. Cu2+ cations.

Give also a balanced equation in each case for a known example.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 50
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 51
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 52

Question 24.
State why the blue ppt. formed on addition of NH4OH to CuSO4 soln. dissolves to give a deep blue solution with excess of NH4OH. Give an equation for the reaction. State why Zn(OH)2 is soluble in excess of NH4OH.
Answer:
CuSO4 when reacts with excess of ammonia it produces needle shape crystals of tetraammine copper(II) sulphate complex which possess a beautiful deep blue colour.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 53

Question 25.
Give balanced equations for the reducing reactions of ammonia with
(i) copper (II) oxide, (ii) lead (II) oxide, (iii) chlorine using, (a) excess NH3(b) excess Cl2.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 54
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 55
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 56

Question 26.
State five tests for ammonia where a colour change is involved.
Answer:
Tests for ammonia :

  1. Ammonia turns red (or purple) litmus solution to blue.
  2. Ammonia turns methyl orange solution to yellow.
  3. Ammonia turns phenolphthalein (colourless) solution to pink.
  4. Ammonia turns Nesseler’ reagent (colourless) solution to pale brown.
  5. Ammonia (when in excess) gives a deep blue coloured solution with CuSO4 (aq.)

Question 27.
State (i) a light neutral gas (ii) an acid (iii) an explosive (iv) a fertilizer — obtained from ammonia.
Answer:

  1. Hydrogen
  2. Nitric acid
  3. NH4NO3
  4. Ammonium sulphate.

Question 28.
Name an ammonium salt which is a constituent of (a) smelling salts (b) dry cells.
Give reasons for the use of the named ammonium salt for the same.
Answer:

(a) Smelling salts : Ammonium carbonate, (NH4)2CO3 is used as smelling salt. It is an unstable white solid decomposes to give pungent smellingNH3 gas.
(NH4)2CO3 → 2NH3 + CO2 + H2O
The pungent smelling NH3 gas revives a fainted person. (NH4)2CO3 is always kept in a tightly closed container to prevent it from decomposition.
(b) Dry cells : Ammonium chloride(NH4Cl) is used in dry cells. It oxidises Zn to Zn2+ ions. The electrons so produced constitute the electric current.

Question 29.
Give one use with reason of

  1. an aqueous solution of NH3
  2. liquefied NH3.

Answer:
(i) Use of an Aqueous solution of Ammonia (NH3) : An aqueous solution of NH3 is called liquor ammonia. Being a base, it can easily emulsify oils and fats. Therefore, it is used for removing oil and fat stains from clothes carpets, upholstery etc. It is also used for cleaning window panes, porcelain articles etc.
(ii) Use of Liqueified Ammonia (NH3) : Liquid ammonia is used as refrigerant i.e. for producing low temperature. This is due to the following reasons:

(a) It is highly volatile.
(b) It can be easily liquefied under high pressure and low temperature.
(c) It’s latent heat of evaporation is very high.

Question 30.
State what are chlorofluorocarbons and give their use. Give a reason why they are ozone depleting. State a suitable alternative to chlorofluorocarbons which are non-ozone depleting.
Answer:
Chlorofluorocarbons (CFC’s) are compounds of carbon with chlorine or fluorine.
CFC are chemicals which like liquefied ammonia gas are used in refrigeration gas. They are also used as coolants in refrigeration and A/c Plants and aerosol sprays and cleansing agents.
These CFC’s deplete ozone layer and also contribute to global warming. Thus these CFC’s are harmful to life. The CFC’s are decomposed by ultraviolet rays coming from sun to produce highly reactive chlorine atoms i.e. free Cl radicals.
Suitable alternatives to chloroflurocarbons which are not depleting ozone are :
HCFC – Hydrochloroflurocarbons; and HFC – 125 Hydrochloroflurocarbons ; which act as a substitute for CFCs, which are non-ozone depleting.

Unit Test Paper 7b —Ammonia

Q.1. Choose the letter corresponding to the correct answer from — A : NO2, B : NO, C : N2, D : N2O.
The gas obtained when –
1. Dry ammonia and dry oxygen gas are ignited together.
2. Ammonia is passed over heated litharge.
3. A greenish yellow gas reacts with excess ammonia.
4. (a) Dry NH3 and O2 are passed over heated Pt.
(b) The gaseous product obtained is further oxidised.
5. Ammonium nitrite undergoes thermal decomposition.
Answer:

  1. C(N2)
  2. C(N2)
  3. C(N2)
  4. (a) B(NO),(b) A(NO2)
  5. D(N2O)

Q.2. State the colour of :

Question 1.
Phenolphthalein solution after passage of ammonia through it.
Answer:
Colourless phenolphthalein changes to pink colour.

Question 2.
Copper (II) hydroxide solution after-addition of ammonium hydroxide in excess to it.
Answer:
The pale blue precipitate turns into a deep blue coloured solution.

Question 3.
The flame obtained on burning dry ammonia in oxygen.
Answer:
Greenish yellow flame.

Question 4.
The solution obtained on addition of excess ammonium hydroxide to zinc sulphate solution.
Answer:
White gelantinous precipitate dissolves.

Question 5.
The vapours obtained when ammonia-oxygen gas mixture is passed over heated Pt.
Answer:
The colourless NO gas first produced is further oxidises to brown coloured NO2.

Q.3. Give balanced equations for the following conversions — A, B, C, D and E.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 57
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 58

Q.4. Give reasons for the following.

  1. An aqueous solution of ammonia acts as a weak base.
  2. A mixture of ammonium nitrate and slaked lime are not used in the lab. preparation of ammonia gas.
  3. Finely divided iron catalyst does not affect the percentage yield of ammonia in Haber’s process.
  4. Ammonium salts are formed when ammonia reacts with dilute acids in the gaseous or aq. medium.
  5. Aqueous solution of lead and zinc nitrate can be distinguished using an aqueous solution of ammonia.

Answer:

  1. Ammonia molecule contains a lone pair of electrons on N- atom, which accepts a proton from water, and forms ammonium ion and hydroxide ion, this makes ammonia solution alkaline and thus, it acts as a base.
    NH3+ H2O → NH4+ + OH
    However, as the concentration of the hydroxyl ions that are furnished is less, therefore aqueous solution of ammonia acts as a weak base.
  2. Because ammonium nitrate is explosive and decomposes itself.
  3. Formation of NH3 from N2 and H2 in haber’s process is a reversible reaction. In a reversible reaction, a catalyst does not increase the yield of the product. It only helps in attaining the equilibrium in a shorter time.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 59
  4. Ammonia in gaseous form neutralises acids to form salts.
  5. Zinc nitrate forms white gelatinous ppt. while lead nitrate forms chalky white ppt.

Q.5. Complete the statements by selecting the correct word from the words in brackets.

  1. The salt solution which does not give an insoluble precipitate on addition of ammonium hydroxide in small amount is _____ (Mg(NO3)2 / NaNO3/Cu(NO3)2]
  2. The alkaline behaviour of liquor ammonia is due to the presence of _____ ions, (ammonium / hydronium / hydroxyl)
  3. Ammonia in the liquefied form is _____ (acidic / basic / neutral)
  4. Ammonia reduces chlorine to _____ (nitrogen / hydrogen chloride / ammonium chloride)
  5. The chemical not responsible for ozone depletion is _____ [methyl chloride / ammonia / chloroflourocarbons]

Answer:

  1. NaNO3
  2. Hydroxyl
  3. basic
  4. Ammonium chloride .
  5. Ammonia

Q.6. Select the most probable substance from A, B, C, D and E which need to be added to distinguish :
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 60
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 61
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7B Study Of Compounds - Ammonia 62

For More Resources

 

Hope given New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions A Study Of Compounds: Ammonia helpful to you.
If you have any doubts, please comment below. We try to provide online math tutoring for you

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Study Of Compounds : Hydrogen Chloride

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Study Of Compounds: Hydrogen Chloride

ICSE SolutionsSelina ICSE SolutionsML Aggarwal Solutions

Viraf J Dalal Chemistry Class 10 Solutions and Answers

Simplified ChemistryEnglishMathsPhysicsChemistryBiology

Questions
2005

Question 1.
Write balanced equations for the following reactions :

  1. Copper oxide and dilute Hydrochloric acid.
  2. Manganese (IV) oxide and concentrated Hydrochloric acid.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 1
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 2

Question 2.

  1. Name the experiment illustrated aside.
  2. Which property of hydrogeii chloride is demonstrated by this experiment.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 3
  3. State the colour of the water that has entered the round-bottomed flask.

Answer:

  1. Fountain experiment.
  2. Hydrogen chloride is soluble in water.
  3. Red.

2006

Question 1.
From the list — Ammonia, Copper oxide, Copper sulphate, Hydrogen chloride, Hydrogen sulphide, Lead bromide — select the compound which can be oxidized to chlorine.
Answer:
Hydrogen chloride

Question 2.
Write balanced chemical equation for the reaction of zinc and dilute hydrochloric acid.
Answer:
Zn + 2HCl → ZnCl2 + H2

Question 3.
State what is observed when hydrochloric acid is added to silver nitrate solution.
Answer:
A white ppt. of silver chloride is formed.

Question 4.
Write a balanced chemical equation for the reaction of calcium bicarbonate and dil. hydrochloric acid.
Answer:
Ca(HCO3)2 + 2HCl → CaCl2 + 2CO2 + 2H2O.

2007

Question 1.
Write a balanced equation for the following reaction :
Sodium chloride from sodium carbonate solution and dilute hydrochloric acid.
Answer:
Na2CO3 + 2HCl → 2NaCl + H2O + CO2

Question 2.
Of the two gases, NH3 and HCl, which is more dense.
Name the method of collection of this gas.
Answer:
Hydrogen chloride gas ; by upward displacement of air.

Question 3.
Give one example of a reaction between the above two gases which produces a solid.
Answer:
NH3 (g) + HCl (g) → NH4 Cl (s-solid)

Question 4.
Write equations for the reaction of dil. HCl with each of the following :

  1. iron
  2. sodium hydrogen carbonate
  3. iron [II] sulphide
  4. sodium sulphite

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 4

2008

Question 1.
What property of hydrogen chloride is demonstrated when it is collected by downward delivery (upward displacement)? Why is hydrogen chloride not collected over water.
Answer:
Hydrogen chloride is heavier than air.
Hydrogen chloride cannot be collected over water because hydrogen chloride is highly soluble in water.

Question 2.
Write the equations for the following reactions :

  1. dil. HCl and sodium thiosulphate.
  2. dil. HCl and lead nitrate solution.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 5
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 6

2009

Question 1.
Name the gas evolved (formula is not acceptable). The gas produced by the action of concentrated sulphuric acid on sodium chloride.
Answer:
Hydrogen chloride (HCl)

Question 2.
Match each substance A to E listed below with the appropriate description given below :
(A) Sulphur
(B) Silver chloride
(C) Hydrogen chloride
(D) Copper (II) sulphate
(E) Graphite.
(i) A Covalent compound which behaves like an ionic compound in aqueous solution.
(ii) A compound which is insoluble in cold water but soluble in excess of ammonia solution.
Answer:

  1. (C) Hydrogen chloride
  2. (B) Silver chloride

Question 3.
Write a fully balanced equation for each of the following :

  1. Red lead is warmed with concentrated hydrochloric acid.
  2. Magnesium metal is treated with dilute hydrochloric acid.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 7

Question 4.
Correct the following statements.
HCl is prepared in the laboratory by passing hydrogen chloride directly through water.
Answer:
Hydrochloric acid is prepared in the laboratory by passing hydrogen chloride gas through inverted funnel arrangement in water.

2010

Question 1.
Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D.
(i) Aqua regia is a mixture of :
A : Dilute hydrochloric and cone, nitric acid
B : Cone, hydrochloric acid and dilute nitric acid
C : One part of cone, hydrochloric acid 3 parts of cone, nitric acid.
D : 3 parts of Cone, hydrochloric acid and 1 part of cone, nitric acid
Answer:
D : 3 parts of Cone, hydrochloric acid and 1 part of cone, nitric acid

Question 2.
State your observation when :
A glass rod dipped in NH4OH soln. is brought near an open bottle containing cone. HCl
Answer:
Dense white fumes of – ammonium chloride are formed.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 8

Question 3.

  1. State the salt and the acid, used in the laboratory preparation of hydrogen chloride.
  2. Give the equation for the preparation.
  3. State a method to prove that the gas jar used for collection of HC1 gas is filled with hydrogen chloride?
  4. Observing the method of collection of the gas, state what you can tell about the density of hydrogen chloride ?

Answer:

  1. Sodium chloride and Sulphuric acid
  2. New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 9
  3. In order to know that the jar is filled with the gas, bring a glass rod dipped in ammonium hydroxide solution near its mouth. If dense white fumes of ammonium chloride are produced, it indicates that the gas jar is full of HCl gas.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 10
  4. The method used to collect HCl is “Upward displacement of air”. This clearly indicates that HCl gas is heavier than air.

Question 4.
How would you distinguish between dilute HCl and dilute HNO3, by addition of only one solution.
Answer:
HCl (dilute)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 11

Question 5.
Name two gases which can be used in the study of the fountain experiment.
State the common property demonstrated by the fountain experiment ?
Answer:

  1. Hydrogen chloride gas (HCl)
  2. Ammonia (NH3)
    Solubility of gases is the common property demonstrated by the fountain experiment.

2011

Question 1.
Choose the correct answer from the choices given :
Hydrogen chloride gas being highly soluble in water is dried by :
(A) Anhydrous calcium chloride
(B) Phosphorous pentaoxide
(C) Quick lime
(D) Concentrated sulphuric acid.
Answer:
(D) Concentrated sulphuric acid.

Question 2.
Write balanced equations of dil. HCl with – Calcium bicarbonate.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 12

Question 3.
In the laboratory preparation of hydrochloric acid, Hydrogen chloride gas is dissolved in water.
(i) Draw a diagram to show the arrangement used for the absorption of HCl in water.
(ii) State why such an arrangement is necessary? Give two reasons for the same.
(iii) Write balanced chemical equations for the laboratory preparation of HCl gas when the reactants are :

(A) below 200°C
(B) above 200° C

Answer:
(i) Refer to page 335 of this book.
(ii) Two reasons for the use of funnel arrangement are :

(A) Prevents back suction of water into the flask.
(B) Provides a large surface area for the absorption of the gas (HCl).

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 13

2012

Question 1.
Rewrite the correct statement with the missing word/s :
Aqua regia contains one part by volume of nitric acid and three parts by volume of hydrochloric acid.
Answer:
Aqua regia contains one part by volume of cone, nitric acid and three parts by volume of cone, hydrochloric acid.

Question 2.
Give reasons : Hydrogen chloride gas cannot be dried over quick lime.
Answer:
Hydrogen chloride is acidic while quick lime is basic, so they react.

Question 3.
Concentrated hydrochloric acid and Potassium permanganate solution.
Answer:

Question 4.
Give balanced equations with conditions, if any, for the following conversions A to D.
A : Sodium Chloride → Hydrogen Chloride
B : Hydrogen Chloride → Iron (II) chloride
C : Hydrogen Chloride → Ammonium chloride
D : Hydrogen Chloride → Lead chloride.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 14

2013

Question 1.
Identify the gas evolved when :

  1. Potassium sulphite is treated with dilute hydrochloric acid.
  2. concentrated hydrochloric acid is made to react with manganese dioxide.

Answer:

  1. Sulphur dioxide gas
  2. Chlorine gas

Question 2.
State one appropriate observation for

  1. Copper sulphide is treated with dilute hydrochloric acid.
  2. A few drops of dil. HCl are added to AgNO3 soln, followed by addition of NH4OH soln.

Answer:

  1. A colourless gas with a smell of rotten eggs is given off and a green coloured solution is formed.
  2. White ppt is formed which dissolves in ammonium hydroxide.

2014

Question 1.
Fill in the blanks from the choices in the bracket : Quicklime is not used to dry HCl gas because _____ (CaO is alkaline, CaO is acidic, CaO is neutral)
Answer:
Quicklime is not used to dry HCl gas because CaO is alkaline.

Question 2.
Write the balanced equation for : Action of dilute hydrochloric acid on sodium sulphide.
Answer:
Action of dilute hydrochloric acid on sodium sulphide.
Na2S + 2HCl → 2NaCl + H2S

Question 3.
State your observation : Dilute HC1 is added to sodium carbonate crystals.
Answer:
Na2CO3 + 2HCl → 2NaCl + H2O + CO2
effervescence of CO2 seen which turns lime water milky

Question 4.
Study the figure given below and answer the questions that follow :
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 15

  1. Identify the gas Y.
  2. What property of gas Y does this experiment demonstrate?
  3. Name another gas which has the same property and can be demonstrated through this experiment.

Answer:

  1. Identify the gas Y — It is HCl (Hydrogen chloride)
  2. Property of Y —Highly solubility in water
  3. The another gas has same property — NH3 (Ammonia)

2015

Question 1.
Select from the gases — ammonia, ethane, hydrogen chloride, hydrogen sulphide, ethyne — The gas which produces dense white fumes with ammonia gas.
Answer:
Hydrogen chloride

Question 2.
Identify the acid which on mixing with silver nitrate solution produces a white precipitate which is soluble in excess ammonium hydroxide.
Answer:
Dilute hydrochloric acid

Question 3.
The following questions are pertaining to the laboratory preparation of hydrogen chloride gas:

  1. Write the equation for its preparation mentioning the condition required.
  2. Name the drying agent used in the above preparation and give a reason for the choice.
  3. State a safety precaution you would take during the preparation of hydrochloric acid.

Answer:

  1. The equation for the laboratory preparation of hydrogen chloride gas :
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 16
    Although it is a reversible reaction, it goes to completion as hydrogen chloride continuously escapes as a gas.
    The reaction can occur up to the stage of the formation of sodium sulphate on heating above 200°C.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 17
  2. The drying agent used in the laboratory preparation of hydrochloric acid is conc.sulphuric acid.
    The other drying agents such as phosphorus pentoxide (P2O5) and quick lime
    (CaO) cannot be used because they react with hydrogen chloride.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 18
  3. A safety precaution which should be taken during the preparation of hydrochloric acid :
    Always wear chemical splash goggles, chemical-resistant gloves and a chemical resistant apron in the laboratory during the preparation of hydrochloric acid.

2016

Question 1.
Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D : The aim of the Fountain experiment is to prove that :
(A) HCl turns blue litmus red
(B) HCl is denser than air
(C) HCl is highly soluble in water
(D) HCl fumes in moist air.
Answer:
(C) HCl is highly soluble in water

Question 2.
Fill in the blank : _____ (AgCl / PbCl2), a white precipitate is soluble in excess NH4OH.
Answer:
AgCl (because of formation of diammine silver chloride), a white precipitate is soluble in excess NH4OH.

Question 3.
Write balanced chemical equation for : Action of hydrochloric acid on sodium bicarbonate.
Answer:
NaHCO3 + HCl → NaCl + H2O + CO2

Question 4.
State your observations when dilute hydrochloric acid is added to :

  1. Lead nitrate soln. and the mixture is heated.
  2. Copper carbonate.
  3. Sodium thiosulphate.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 19
When dilute hydrochloric acid is added to lead nitrate white precipitates of lead chloride is formed.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 20
When dilute hydrochloric acid is added to copper carbonate brisk effervescence due to the liberation of carbon dioxide is observed.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 21
When dilute hydrochloric acid is added to sodium thiosulphate pale yellow residue (due to formation of sulphur) is formed and a gas with choking odour is formed.

Question 5.
Identify the gas evolved and give the chemical test in when dilute hydrochloric acid reacts with :

  1. Sodium sulphite.
  2. Iron (II) sulphide.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 22

2017

Question 1.
Fill in the blanks from the choices given – Potassium sulphite on reacting with hydrochloric acid, releases gas. _____ [Cl2, SO2, H2S]
Answer:
Potassium sulphite on reacting with hydrochloric acid, releases SO2 gas.

Question 2.
Identify the substance underlined – A solid formed by the reaction of two gases, one of which is acidic and the other basic in nature.
Answer:
Ammonium chloride.

Question 3.
State one relevant observation – Action of dilute hydrochloric acid on iron [II] sulphide.
Answer:
A foul smelling gas like rotten eggs is given off.

Question 4.
Certain blanks spaces are left in the following tables as A & 8. Identify each of them.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 23
Answer:
A : The products are sodium hydrogen sulphate (NaHSO4) and HCl gas.
B : HCl gas as collected by the upward displacement of air.

Q. Complete the statements given below pertaining to hydrogen chloride gas or hydrochloric acid.

  1. Hydrogen chloride gas is not dried using _____ (cone.H2SO4, CaO).
  2. Hydrogen chloride gas on heating above 500°C gives hydrogen and chlorine.
    The reaction is an example of _____ (thermal decomposition, thermal dissociation).
  3. Iron reacts with hydrogen chloride gas forming [iron (II) chloride, iron (III) chloride) and hydrogen. The reaction is an example of _____ (double decomposition, synthesis, simple displacement).
  4. Hydrogen chloride and water are examples of (polar covalent compounds, non-polar covalent compounds) and a solution of hydrogen chloride in water _____ (contains, does not contain) free ions.
  5. Addition of _____ (sodium nitrate, zinc nitrate, silver nitrate) to hydrochloric acid, gives an insoluble precipitate of the respective chloride. This precipitate is _____ (soluble,insoluble) in ammonium hydroxide and _____ (soluble, insoluble) in dilute taitric add.
  6. Addition of _____ [iron (III) sulphide, iron (II) sulphide, iron pyrites] to dilute hydrochloric acid results in liberation of hydrogen sulphide gas.
  7. Aqua regia is a mixture of _____ (one, two, three) part/s of concentrated nitric acid and )_____ (one, two, three) part/s of concentrated hydrochloric acid by _____ (weight, volume). In aqua regia, nitric acid _____ (oxidises, reduces) hydrochloric acid to chlorine.
  8. Hydrochloric acid can be converted into chlorine by heating with _____ [calcium oxide, lead (H) oxide, lead (IV) oxide] which acts as a / an _____ (oxidising, reducing) agent.

Answer:

  1. CaO
  2. Thermal dissociation
  3. Iron (II) chloride ; simple displacement
  4. polar covalent compounds ; contains
  5. silver nitrate ; soluble ; insoluble
  6. iron (II) sulphide
  7. one, three, volume, oxidises
  8. Lead (II) oxide ; oxidisirig.

Additional Questions

Question 1.
Give a reason why
(a) gastric juices of luammals are acidic
(b) HCl is considered a polar covalent compound.
Answer:
(a) HCI gas occurs in free state in gastric juices of mammals.
(b) Due to difference in electronegativities of H and Cl ; The bond in HCl is a polar covalent.

Question 2.
Give the equation for preparation of HCI gas by Synthesis. State two conditions involved in the synthesis.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 24

Question 3.
Give a balanced equation for preparation of HCl gas in the laboratory from sodium chloride.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 25

Question 4.
In the laboratory preparation of HCl frem sodium chloride, state why the following are preferred –

  1. Cone. H2SO4 as a reactant
  2. Temp, below 200°C
  3. Cone. H2SO4 as a drying agent.

Answer:

  1. Since it is non-volatile and has a high boiling point.
  2. The glass apparatus does not crack, no hard crust is formed, fuel is not wasted.
  3. It only removes moisture content of the gas but not react with it.

Question 5.
State with reasons the method of collection of HCl gas in the laboratory.
Answer:
HCl gas is collected by upward displacement of air because it is 1.28 times heavier than air. It is not collected in water because it is highly soluble in water.

Question 6.
Compare the density of HCl gas with air and state the solubility of HCl gas in water.
Answer:
V.D of HCl = 18.25, V.D of air = 14.4. It is highly soluble in water.

Question 7.
State why HCl gas forms a mist of droplets of HCl acid in moist air.
Answer:
Due to high solubility, HCl gas fumes in moist air and forms a mist of droplets of HCl acid.

Question 8.
State what the fountain experiment demonstrates with reference to HCl gas.
Answer:
Fountain experiment demonstrates the solubility of HCI gas in water and its acidic nature.

Question 9.
State the colour change in three different indicators in presence of HCl gas.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 26

Question 10.
Give a balanced equation for the thermal dissociation of

  1. a gas
  2. a solid (both containing the chloride ion).

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 27

Question 11.
Give the equation and state the observation seen when HCl gas reacts with ammonia.
Answer:
When a gas jar containing hydrogen chloride gas is inverted over ajar full of ammonia gas, dense white fumes are formed.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 28

Question 12.
Convert iron to iron (II) chloride using HCl gas.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 29

Question 13.
Explain the arrangement (i) not used (ii) used – for converting HCl gas into HCl acid.
Answer:
Hydrochloric acid is prepared by dissolving hydrogen chloride gas in water usi ig a special funnel arrangement.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 30
1. Direct absorption of HCl gas in water using a delivery tube i.e., arrangement (i) causes back suction.
Hydrogen chloride gas is extremely soluble in water. If a delivery tube through which HCl gas is passed is directly immersed in water, the rate of absorption of HCl gas is high and hence a partial vacuum is created in the tube. The pressure outside being higher causes the water to be pushed up into the delivery tube and damages the apparatus. This is called back-suction.
2. Special funnel arrangement, i.e., arrangement (ii) is used for avoiding back suction.
The funnel arrangement :

(a) Prevents or minimizes back-suction of water.
(b) Provides a large surface area for absorption of HCl gas.

The rim of the funnel is placed so that it just touches the trough containing water. If back-suction occurs, the water rises up the funnel and the level outside the funnel falls, thus creating an air gap between the rim of the funnel and the surface of water. The pressure outside and inside equalize and the water which had risen in the funnel falls down again. This process continues till the water in the trough is saturated with hydrogen chloride gas resulting information of hydrochloric acid.
Hence hydrochloric acid is not prepared in the laboratory by passing hydrogen chloride gas directly through water, but prepared using a special funnel arrangement.

Question 14.
Explain the term ‘constant boiling mixture’.
Answer:
A solution of HCl in water forms a constant boiling mixture with water.

Question 15.
State why dilute HCl cannot be concentrated beyond a certain concentration by boiling.
Answer:
On boiling the mixture evolves out the vapours of both acid and water in the same proportion as in the liquid. Hence dil HCl cannot be concentrated beyond a certain concentration.

Question 16.
Name the ions obtained when HCl dissociates in aqueous solution.
Answer:
Hydronium ions.

Question 17.
Name the ion responsible for acidic nature of HCl acid.
Answer:
The presence of hydrogen ions |H+| imparts acidic nature to HCl.

Question 18.
State which of two – a solution of HCl in water or in toluene is an electrolyte, giving reasons.
Answer:
A solution of hydrogen chloride in water; water being a covalent solvent ionizes aqueous solution of HCl shows acidic properties and is an electrolyte, whereas toluene is not; being not a polar solvent.

Question 19.
Give four different word equations relating to acidic properties of an aq. soln. of HCl gas.
Answer:
Zinc + Hydrochloric acid → Zinc chloride + Hydrogen
Sodium hydroxide + Hydrochloric acid → Sodium chloride + Water
Sodium carbonate + Hydrochloric acid → Sodium chloride + Carbon dioxide + Water
Calcium oxide + Hydrochloric acid → Calcium chloride + Water

Question 20.
Give balanced equations to obtain

  1. H2
  2. CO2
  3. SO2
  4. H2S from dil. HCl.

Answer:

  1. Zn + 2HCl → ZnCl2 + H2
  2. Na2CO2 + 2HCl → 2NaCl + H2O + CO2
  3. Na2SO3 + 2HCl → 2NaCl + H20 + SO2
  4. FeS + 2HCl → FeCl2 + H2S

Question 21.
Convert two soluble metallic nitrates to insoluble metallic chlorides using dil. HCl.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 31

Question 22.
State how you would prove that HCl contains

  1. hydrogen – using an active metal below magnesium
  2. chlorine – using an oxidising agent not containing lead.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 32

Question 23.
State the composition of aqua regia. State which component is the oxidising agent in aqua regia.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 33

Question 24.
Convert hydrochloric acid to nascent chlorine.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 34

Question 25.
State why aqua regia dissolves gold, which is insoluble in all other acids.
Answer:
In aqua regia (a mixture of 1 part cone. HNO3 and 3 parts cone. HCl by volume), nitric acid oxidises hydrochloric acid to give nascent chlorine. This nascent chlorine is very reactive. It reacts with gold to give gold (III) chloride, which is soluble in water.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 35

Question 26.
Give three tests for hydrochloric acid. Convert silver nitrate to a soluble salt of silver using hydrochloric acid and an alkali.
Answer:

  1. If glass rod dipped in ammonia soln. (NH4OH) brought near vapours of hydrochloric acid.
    Dense white fumes of – ammonium chloride are formed.
  2. Addition of silver nitrate soln. to dil. HCl (acidified with dil. HNO3)
    Curdly white precipitate – of silver chloride obtained.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 36
  3. Action of heat on a mixture of manganes dioxide and cone. HCl Greenish yellow gas (chlorine).

Question 27.
State two industrial products manufactured from hydrochloric acid, which are also manufactured from nitric and sulphuric acid. Give two general uses of hydrochloric acid.
Answer:
Industrial products manufactured from HCl acid are : Dyes, paints, drugs.
General uses of hydrochloric acid are :

  1. Hydrochloric acid dissolves the calcium phosphate present in bones.
  2. Hydrochloric acid dissolves the metallic oxides coating on the surface of metals. Thereby cleans the metallic surface.

Unit Test Paper 7A — Hydrogen Chloride

Q.1. Give balanced equations for the conversions A, B, C, D and E given below :
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 37
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 7A Study Of Compounds - Hydrogen Chloride 38

Q.2. Give reasons for the following :

Question 1.
In the laboratory preparation of HCl acid from NaCl and cone. H2SO4, the residual salt formed at temperatures above 200°C forms a hard crust and sticks
to the glass.
Answer:
When sodium chloride and cone, sulphuric acid is heated above 200°C ; sodium sulphate forms a hard crust, sticks to the glass and is difficult to remove.

Question 2.
Dense white fumes are obtained when a jar of HCl gas is inverted over a jar of ammonia gas.
Answer:
When a gas jar containing hydrogen chloride gas is inverted over of jar full of ammonia gas dense white fumes are formed. These fumes consists of particles of solid ammonium chloride suspended in air.

Question 3.
In the fountain experiment to demonstrated the high solubility of HCl gas in water, dry HCl gas is filled in the round bottom flask.
Answer:
HCl gas present in the flask dissolves in water due to high solubility, creating a partial vacuum in the flask. The outside pressure being higher pushes the water up the jet tube which emerges as fountain.

Question 4.
Iron sheets are cleaned with hydrochloric acid before dipping into molten zinc for galvanizing.
Answer:
Hydrochloric acid dissolves the metallic oxide coating on the surface of the metal, thereby cleans the metallic surface.

Question 5.
Hydrogen chloride gas fumes in moist air but hydrogen sulphide gas does not.
Answer:
HCl gas fumes in moist air due to its high solubility and forms a mist of droplets of HCl acid while H2S does not.

Q.3. Complete the statements given below using the correct word/s

  1. An aqueous solution of HCl gas is named _____ (aqua fortis/muriatic acid/oil of vitriol)
  2. The salt obtained when rock salt reacts with cone. H2SO4 at temperatures below 200°C is a/an _____ (acid/normal) salt.
  3. In the preparation of HCl acid from HCl gas, a funnel arrangement provides _____ (less/more) surface area for absorption of the gas.
  4. The ions which impart acidic properties to an aqueous solution of hydrogen chloride are _____ (chloride/hydrogen/hydronium)
  5. The indicator which does not change colour on passage of hydrogen chloride gas is _____ (moist blue litmus/phenolphthalein/methyl orange)

Answer:

  1. mutriatic acid
  2. normal
  3. more
  4. hydrogen
  5. phenolphthalein

Q.4. Choose from the letters A, B, C, D and E, to match the descriptions 1 to 5 given below.
A : NH4 Cl
B : AgCl
C : PbCl2
D : FeCl2
E : Ag(NH3)2 Cl

  1. A solubl salt obtained on reaction of a metallic chloride with liquor ammonia.
  2. A salt which is insoluble in dilute nitric acid but soluble in ammonium hydroxide.
  3. A salt obtained on reaction of an active metal with hydrogen chloride gas.
  4. A salt obtained when a basic gas reacts with hydrogen chloride gas.
  5. A salt soluble in hot water but not in cold, obtained on heating an oxidising agent with cone. HCl.

Answer:

  1. E [Ag (NH3)2 Cl]
  2. B (AgCl)
  3. D (FeCl2)
  4. A (NH4Cl)
  5. C (PbCl2)

Q.5. Select the correct word or formula from the same given in bracket :

  1. The substance reacted with cone. HCl and heated to prove that cone. HCl contains Cl2. (PbCl2/PbO2/Pb0)
  2. The metal reacted with dil. HCl to prove that dil. HCl contains hydrogen. (Cu/Fe/Ag/Pb)
  3. The gas/es which is / are heavier than air and highly soluble in water. (NH3 / HCl/CO2/H2S)
  4. The acid which is not an oxidising agent. (Cone. HNO3/ Cone. HCl/Conc. H2SO4)
  5. The acid which is not a monobasic acid. (Acetic/ Sulphurous/Hydrochloric/Nitric/Formic acid)

Answer:
1. PbO2
2. Fe
3. HCl(g)
4. Cone. HNO3
5. Sulphurous acid

Q.6. Select the correct words from the list given below to complete the following word equations :
Metallic oxide, active metal, metallic carbonate, metallic bisulphite, active metal, metallic hydroxide, metallic bicarbonate, metallic sulphate, metallic sulphide.

  1. _____ + hydrochloric acid (dil) → salt + hydrogen
  2. _____ + hydrochloric acid (dil) → salt + water
  3. _____ + hydrochloric acid (dil) → salt + water + carbon dioxide
  4. _____ + hydrochloric acid (dil) → salt + water + sulphur dioxide
  5. _____ + hydrochloric acid (dil) → salt + hydrogen sulphide

Answer:

  1. active metal
  2. metallic hydroxide
  3. metallic carbonate / bicarbonate
  4. metallic sulphite
  5. metallic sulphide


For More Resources

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Metallurgy

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Metallurgy

ICSE SolutionsSelina ICSE SolutionsML Aggarwal Solutions

Viraf J Dalal Chemistry Class 10 Solutions and Answers

Simplified ChemistryEnglishMathsPhysicsChemistryBiology

For Objective and ICSE Board Type Questions Questions (Solved)

2002

Question 1.
Match the metals/alloys – brass, with its correct use.
Uses : (a) steel making (b) aeroplane wings (c) galvanizing (d) radiation shield (e) electrical fittings
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 1

Question 2.
In order to obtain aluminium, the following inputs are required : Bauxite, sodium hydroxide and graphite. The aluminium compound in bauxite is aluminium oxide and the main impurity is iron (III) oxide. Aluminium is obtained by the electrolysis of aluminium oxide dissolved in cryolite,

  1. When bauxite is treated with sodium hydroxide solution what happens to the : (a) aluminium oxide (b) iron (c) oxide.
  2. Name the process used for the purification of bauxite.
  3. Write the equation for the action of heat on aluminium hydroxide
  4. Write the formula of cryolite.

Answer:
(i) (a) Aluminium oxide reacts with NaOH (aq.) at 150-200°C to give sodium aluminate which is soluble in water.
(b) Iron (II) oxide remains unaffected.
(ii) Baeyer’s method is used for removal of impurities.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 2
Aluminium hydroxide write below Al2O3
(iv) Formula of cryolite – (Na3 Al F6)

Question 3.
Write down the word which correctly completes the following sentence : “By dissolving aluminium oxide in cryolite a __ [conducting / non-conducting] solution is produced.
State why is so much graphite is requires for this electrolytic process.
Write the equation for the reaction which takes place at the cathode.
Answer:
“By dissolving aluminium oxide in cryolite a conducting solution is produced.
The graphite anodes are periodically replaced during electrolysis process of fused alumina.
At cathode : 2Al3+ + 6e → 2Al

Question 4.
In construction work, state why the alloy duralumin is used rather than pure aluminium.
Answer:
Duralumin is light, strong and corrosion resistant.

2003

Question 1.
Name an alloy of copper and zinc.
Answer:
Brass

2004

Question 1.
Element X is a metal with a valency 2. Element Y is a nonmetal with a valency 3.
Write equations to show how X and Y form ions.
Answer:
Y + 3e → Y3 (cations formed)

Question 2.
Cations are formed by _____ (loss / gain) of electrons and anions are formed by _____ (loss / gain) of electrons.
Answer:
Cations are formed by loss of electrons and anions are formed by gain of electrons.

Question 3.
(i) Write three balanced equations for the purification of bauxite by Hall’s process in extraction of Al.
(ii) Name a chemical used for dissolving Al2O3. In which state of subdivision is the chemical used.
(iii) Write an equation for the reaction at the anode during the extraction of aluminium by the electrolytic process.
(iv) Mention one reason for the use of aluminium in thermite welding.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 3

2005

Question 1.
A to F below relate to the source and extraction of either Zinc or Aluminium. A : Bauxite, B : Coke, C : Cryolite, D : Froth floatation, E : Sodium hydroxide solution, F : Zinc blende.

  1. Write down the three letters each from the above list which are relevant to – Aluminium.
  2. Fill in the blanks using the most appropriate words from A to F : (a) The ore from which aluminium is extracted must first be treated with so that pure Aluminium oxide can be obtained. (b) Pure Aluminium oxide is dissolved in to make a conducting solution
  3. Write the formula of Cryolite.

Answer:

  1. Aluminium: Bauxite (A), Cryolite (C), Sodium hydroxide solution (F).
  2. (a) Sodium Hydroxide Solution (b) Cryolite
  3. Na3AlF6

Question 2.
Calcium, Copper, Lead, Aluminium, Zinc, Chromium, Magnesium, Iron.
Choose the major metals from the list given above to make the following alloys :

  1. Stainless steel
  2. Brass.

Answer:

  1. Iron, Chromium
  2. Copper, Zinc

2006

Question 1.
Name the following :

  1. A metal which is liquid at room temperature.
  2. A compound added to lower the fusion temp, of the electrolytic bath in the extraction of Al.
  3. The process of heating an ore to a high temperature in the presence of air.

Answer:

  1. Mercury or Gallium
  2. Cryolite [Na3 (AlF6)]
  3. Roasting

Question 2.
A strip of copper is placed in four different colourless salt solutions. They are KNO3, AgNO3, Zn(NO3)2, Ca(NO3)2.
Which one of the solutions will finaky turn blue.
Answer:
Silver Nitrate (AgNO3)

Question 3.
When a metal atom becomes an ion
A : it loses electrons and is oxidized
B : it gains electrons and is reduced
C : it gains electrons and is oxidized
D : it loses electrons and is reduced
(Choose the correct answer from the choices A, B, C and D)
Answer:
A : it loses electrons and is oxidized

2007

Question 1.
In the extraction of aluminium :

  1. Which soln. is used to react with bauxite as a first step in obtaining pure aluminium oxide.
  2. The aluminium oxide for the electrolytic extraction of aluminium is obtained by heating aluminium hydroxide. Write the equation for this reaction.
  3. Name the element which serves as the anode and cathode in the extraction of aluminium.
  4. Write the equation for the reaction that occurs at the cathode during the extraction of aluminium by electrolysis.
  5. Give the equation for the reaction at the anode when aluminium is purified by electrolysis.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 4

2008

Question 1.
Brass is an alloy of :
A. Copper and tin
B. Copper and zinc
C. Zinc and lead
D. Lead and tin
Answer:
B. Copper and zinc

Question 2.
The following is a sketch of an electrolytic cell used in the extraction of aluminium :

  1. What is the substance of which the electrodes A and B are made?
  2. At which electrode (A or B) is the aluminium formed ?
  3. What are the two aluminium compounds in the electrolyte C ?
  4. Why is it necessary for electrode B to be continuously replaced ?

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 5

Answer:

  1. Electrodes A and B are made of graphite. Electrode B is carbon (graphite) lining while, electrode A is thick rods of graphite.
  2. Aluminium is formed at cathode in the molten state which can be taken out through a tapping hole.
  3. The two aluminium compounds in the electrolyte C are Alumina (Al2O3) and Cryolite (Na3AlF6).
  4. This is because electrode (B i.e. anode) is oxidised by the oxygen produced to carbon monoxide.

2009

Question 1.
The metal oxide which can react with acid as well as alkali is :
A. Silver oxide
B. Copper (II) oxide
C. Aluminium oxide
D. Calcium oxide
Answer:
C. Aluminium oxide

Question 2.
Correct the following statements. — Haematite is the chief ore of aluminium.
Answer:
Haematite is the chief ore of iron.
Or
Bauxite is the chief ore of aluminium.

Question 3.
The sketch below illustrates the refining of aluminium by Hoope’s process.

  1. Which of A and B is the cathode and which one is the anode ?
  2. What is the electrolyte in the tank?
  3. What material is used for the cathode ?

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 6

Answer:

  1. A are graphite rods and they act as cathode, B act as anode.
  2. Molten Fluorides.
  3. Graphite rods dipped in pure molten aluminium.

Question 4.
State the property of the metal being utilized in the following :

  1. Zinc in Galvanization
  2. Aluminium in Thermite welding

Answer:
Use of metal :

(a) Zinc in Galvanization
(b) Aluminium in Thermite welding

Property :

(a) Zinc forms a protective layer of zinc oxide which prevents rusting of iron.
(b) Strong affinity for oxygen.

2010

Question 1.
State the main constituent metal in each alloy :

  1. Duralumin
  2. Brass
  3. Stainless steel

Answer:

  1. Aluminium
  2. Copper
  3. Iron

Question 2.
Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D – The property which is true for metals.
A : Metals are good conductors of electricity
B : Metals are malleable and ductile
C : Non-polar covalent compounds are formed from metals.
D : Metals have 1, 2 or 3 valence electrons.
Answer:
C : Non-polar covalent compounds are formed from metals.

2011

Question 1.
Choose from the following list of the substances, Acetylence gas, aqua fortis, coke, brass, barium chloride, bronze, platinum.
The substance which is an alloy of zinc, copper and tin.
Answer:
Bronze

Question 2.

(i) Name a metal which is found abundantly in the earth’s crust.
Answer:
Aluminium

(ii) Difference between calcination and roasting?
Answer:
Roasting :

  1. Ore is heated in the presence of air.
  2. Used generally for sulphide ores. SO2 gas is given off.
    2ZnS+ 3O2 → 2ZnO + 2SO2
  3. Volatile impurities are removed as oxides.

Calcination :

  1. Ore is heated in the absence of air.
  2. Hence Used generally for carbonate ores.
    Hence, CO2 gas is given off. ZnCO3 → ZnO + CO2.
  3. Moisture, organic impurities and volatile impurities are removed.

(iii) Name the process used for the enrichment of sulphide ore.
Answer:
Froth floatation process

(iv) Write the chemical formulae of one main ore – of iron and aluminium.
Answer:

  • Iron : Haematite → Fe2O3
  • Aluminium : Bauxite → Al2,O3.2H2O

(v) Write the constituents of electrolyte for – the extraction of aluminium.
Answer:

  1. Fused Alumina (Al2O3) 1 part by weight.
  2. Cryolite fused (Na3 AlF6) 3 part by weight.
  3. Fluorspar (CaF2) 1 part by weight.

2012

Question 1.
Choose the correct answer from the options given below

(i) An alkaline earth metal.
(A) Potassium
(B) Calcium
(C) Lead
(D) Copper
Answer:
(B) Calcium

(ii) Which of the following metallic oxides cannot be reduced by normal reducing agents ?
(A) Magnesium oxide
(B) Copper(II) oxide
(C) Zinc oxide
(D) Iron(III) oxide
Answer:
(A) Magnesium oxide

Question 2.
Match the properties and uses of alloys in List 1 with the appropriate answer from List 2.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 7
Answer:

  1. (B) Brass
  2. (A) Duralumin
  3. (D) Stainless stell
  4. (E) Solder
  5. (C) Bronze

Question 3.
Name the following metals :

  1. A metal present in cryolite other than sodium.
  2. A metal which is unaffected by dilute or concentrated acids.

Answer:

  1. Aluminium
  2. Platinum

Question 4.
The following questions are relevant to the extraction of Aluminium :

  1. State the reason for addition of caustic alkali to bauxite ore during purification of bauxite.
  2. Give a balanced chemical equation for the above reaction.
  3. Along with cryolite and alumina, another substance is added to the electrolyte mixture. Name the substance and give one reason for the addition.

Answer:

  1. The caustic alkali dissolves aluminium oxide to form sodium aluminate.
  2. New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 8
  3. Fluorspar is added. It helps in increasing the conductivity of the mixtures.

2013

Question 1.
The amphoteric metallic oxide is
(A) Calcium oxide
(B) Barium oxide
(C) Zinc oxide
(D) Copper (II) oxide
Answer:
(C) Zinc oxide is an amphoteric oxide

Question 2.
The metals zinc and tin are present in the alloy :
(A) Solder
(B) Brass
(C) Bronze
(D) Duralumin.
Answer:
(C) Bronze

Question 3.
Using the information below about X and Y – complete the following questions :

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 9

  1. ____ is the metallic element.
  2. Metal atoms tend to have a maximum of _____ electrons in the outermost energy level.
  3. Non-metallic elements tend to form _____ oxides while metals tend to form _____ oxides.
  4. Non-metallic elements tend to be _____ conductors of beat and electricity.
  5. Metals tend to _____ electrons and act as _____ agents in their reactions with elements and compounds,

Answer:

  1. Y is the metallic element.
  2. Metal atoms tend to have a maximum of three electrons in the outermost energy level.
  3. Non-metallic elements tend to form acidic oxides while metals tend to form basic oxides.
  4. Non-metallic elements tend to be bad conductors of heat and electricity.
  5. Metals tend to lose electrons and act as reducing agents in their reactions with elements and compounds.

Question 4.
The following questions relate to the extraction of aluminium by electrolysis :

(i) Name the other aluminium containing compound added to alumina and state its significance,
Answer:
The compound is cryolite [Na3AlF6]
The addition of cryolite lowers the melting point of alumina from 2050°C to 660 °C.
Furthermore, it increases the electrical conductivity of the molten alumina.

(ii) Give the equation for the reaction that takes place at the cathode.
Answer:
Al3+ + 3e → Al

(iii) Explain why is it necessary to renew the anode periodically.
Answer:
The anode (which is made of carbon) is attacked by nascent oxygen formed due to the discharge of O2- ions and changes to carbon dioxide. As the anode is gradually consumed, it is periodically renewed.

2014

Question 1.
Choose the correct answer from the choices :

(i) Heating an ore in a limited supply of air or in the absence of air at a temperature just below its melting point is known as :
(A) smelting
(B) ore dressing
(C) calcination
(D) bessemerisation
Answer:
(C) calcination

(ii) Aluminium powder is used in thermite welding because,
(A) it is a strong reducing agent
(B) it is a strong oxidising agent
(C) it is corrosion resistant
(D) it is a good conductor of heat.
Answer:
(A) it is a strong reducing agent

(iii) The main ore used for the extraction of iron is :
(A) Haematite
(B) Calamine
(C) Bauxite
(D) Cryolite
Answer:
(A) Haematite

Question 2.
State the main components of the following alloys :

  1. Brass
  2. Duralumin
  3. Bronze.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 10

Question 3.
Name the following :

  1. The property possessed by metals by which they can be beaten into sheets.
  2. A compound added to lower the fusion temperature of electrolytic bath in the extraction of aluminium.
  3. The ore of zinc containing its sulphide.

Answer:

  1. Melleability
  2. Cryolite (Na3AlF6)
  3. The ore of zinc containing sulphide ZnS (Zinc Blende).

2015

Question 1.
Select which is not an alloy of copper :
(A) Brass
(B) Bronze
(C) Solder
(D) Duralumin.
Answer:
(C) Solder
Solder is an alloy of lead and tin.

Question 2.
Give scientific reasons for : Zinc oxide can be reduced to zinc by using carbon monoxide, but aluminium oxide can – not be reduced by a reducing agent.
Answer:
Zinc ion is lower in electrochemical series. Thus, carbon monoxide provides enough energy and hence reduces zinc oxide to zinc. Aluminium ion is higher in electrochemical series. The carbon monoxide does not produce enough energy and hence aluminium oxide is not reduced to aluminium.

Question 3.
From the list of oxides — SO2, SiO2, Al2O3, MgO, CO, Na2O — Select

  1. A basic oxide
  2. An amphoteric oxide.

Answer:

  1. Na2O
  2. Al2O3

Question 4.
A metal ‘X’ has a valency 2 and a non-metal ‘Y’ has a valency 3. Write an equation to show how ‘Y’ forms an ion.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 11

Question 5.
(i) Describe the role played in the extraction of aluminium by each of the substances listed.

(a) Cryolite
(b) Sodium hydroxide
(c) Graphite

(ii) Explain why :

(a) In the electrolysis of alumina using the Hall Heroult’s Process the electrolyte is covered with powdered coke.
(b) During galvanization, iron sheets are coated with zinc during galvanization.

Answer:
(i)

(a) Cryolite lowers the melting point of alumina from 2050° to 950°C. This in turn increases the conductivity of electrolyte and saves on electricity, which is the main source of energy in the reduction of alumina.
(b) Sodium hydroxide dissolves the alumina (Al2O3), but not the impurities to form sodium aluminate. The impurities are filtered out and the sodium aluminate is treated with carbon dioxide to form pure aluminium hydroxide. Alumina is recovered from sodium hydroxide by strong heating.
(c) Graphite is used as cathode as it is a good conductor of electricity and is not attacked by the chemicals.

(ii)

(a) It prevents burning of carbon anodes and prevents heat loss from the molten electrolyte.
(b) Zinc forms a protecting coating on the surface of iron and hence prevents it from rusting. Zinc by itself form a protective layer of zinc oxide and hence does not tarnish.

Question 6.
Select from the following salts — AgCl, MgCl2, NaHSO4, PbCO3, ZnCO3, KNO3, Ca(NO3)2 — the salt which on heating gives a yellow residue when hot and white when cold.
Answer:
On heating, this salt gives a yellow residue when hot and a white residue when cold is ZnCO3

2016

Question 1.
Fill in the blanks from the choices given :
Metals are good _____ (oxidizing agents/reducing agents)
because they are electron _____ (acceptors / donors).
Answer:
Metals are good reducing agents because they are electron donors.

Question 2.
Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D :kThe two main metals in Bronze are :
(A) Copper and zinc
(B) Copper and lead
(C) Copper and nickel
(D) Copper and tin
Answer:
(D) Copper and tin

Question 3.
Identify the term in the following :
“The method used to separate ore from gangue by preferential wetting.”
Answer:
Froth flotation process

Question 4.

  1. Name the solution used to react with Bauxite-as a first step in obtaining pure aluminium oxide, in the Baeyer’s process.
  2. Write the equation for the reaction where the – aluminum oxide for the electrolytic extraction of aluminum is obtained by heating aluminum hydroxide.
  3. Name the compound added to – pure alumina to lower the fusion temperature during the electrolytic reduction of alumina.
  4. Write the equation for – the reaction that occurs at the cathode during the extraction of aluminium by electrolysis.
  5. Explain why – it is preferable to use a number of graphite electrodes as anode instead of a single electrode, during the abvoe electrolysis.

Answer:

  1. Sodium hydroxide.
  2. New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 12
  3. Cryolite (Na3Al F6) acts as a solvent and lower the fusion temperature from 2050°C to 950°C.
  4. Cathode : (rich in electron)
    AL3 + 3e → Al
  5. It is preferable to use a number of graphite electrodes as anode because anode gets oxidised by the oxygen evolved.
    Hence, if large number of electrodes are used it will keep the process continuous for a longer time.

2017

Question 1.
From the list of terms given, choose the most appropriate term to match the given description: [calcination, roasting, pulverisation, smelting]

  1. Crushing of the ore into a fine powder.
  2. Heating of the ore in the absence of air to a high temperature.

Answer:

  1. Pulverisation
  2. Calcination

Question 2.
Name the following :

  1. An alloy of lead and tin that is used in electrical circuits.
  2. An ore of zinc containing its sulphide.
  3. A metal oxide that can be reduced by hydrogen.

Answer:

  1. Fusible alloy
  2. Zincite (ZnS)
  3. Copper oxide (CuO)

Question 3.
Answer the following questions with respect to the electrolytic process – in the extraction of aluminium.

  1. Identify the components of the electrolyte other than pure alumina and the role played by each.
  2. Explain why powdered coke is sprinkled over the electrolytic mixture.

Answer:

  1. Cryolite (Na3AlF4) : It increases the conductivity of mixture and lowers the m.p. of electrolyte from 2050°C to 950°C.
  2. Fluorspar (CaF2) : It increases mobility of ions in the mixture as it acts as solvent for alumina and cryolite.
    Powdered coke prevents (a) heat loss from the electrolyte (b) burning of electrodes projecting out of electrolyte.

Question 4.
Complete the following by selecting the correct option from the choices given –

  1. The metal whose oxide, which is amphoteric, is reduced to metal by carbon reduction _____ [Fe / Mg / Pb / Al]
  2. The divalent metal whose oxide is reduced to metal by electrolysis of its fused salt is _____ [Al / Na / Mg / K]

Answer:

  1. The metal whose oxide, which is amphoteric, is reduced to metal by carbon reduction Pb (Lead).
  2. The divalent metal whose oxide is reduced to metal by electrolysis of its fused salt is Mg (Magnesium).

Additional Questions

Question 1.
State how the physical and chemical property differences between metals and non-metals are related to their basic atomic structure.
Define a metal with particular emphasis on (i) ionization (ii) valency (iii) formation of oxides.
State the position [group] in the periodic table to which the following metals belong (i) Na – alkali metal (ii) Mg – alkaline earth metal (iii) Fe and Zn transition elements (iv) inner transition elements (metals) (v) Al – post transition element.
Answer:
Atoms of Metallic elements, in general, have relatively larger atomic size. Hence, their valence electrons are held less tightly by the nucleus. As such, the valence electrons are mobile, leading to good electrical and thermal conductivity in case of metals. Further, with 1,2 or 3 valence electrons, metals can easily lose electrons to form cations. Thus, metal are electropositive in nature and are strong reducing agents.
On the other hand, non-metallic elements, in general, have relatively smaller atomic size. Hence their valence electrons are held tightly by the nucleus. As such their valence electrons are not mobile, thus making non-metals bad conductor of heat and electricity. Further, non-metals have 5, 6 or 7 valence electrons. As such, non-metals tend to gain electrons to form anions. Thus non-metals are electronegative in nature and strong oxidising agents.
Thus, we find that the physical and chemical properties of metals and non-metals are related to their basic atomic structure.
Defination of Metals :

  1. Atoms of metals with 1, 2 or 3 electrons in their valence shell can easily lose their valence electrons to form cations e.g.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 13
  2. As metals can easily lose electrons to form cations, metals are electropositive in nature.
  3. Metals on reacting with non-metals form ionic or electrovalent compounds, e.g.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 14
  4. As metals tend to form cations, metals show a positive valency of 1,2 or 3.

Position of Metals in the periodic table :

  1. Na – alkali metal – Group I (IA)
  2. Mg – alkaline earth metal – Group 2 (IIA)
  3. Fe and Zn transition elements – Group 9 (VIII), Group 12 (IIB)
  4. Inner transition elements : zero group.
  5. Al-post transition element: Group 13 (III A)

Question 2.
Metals occur in the free state and in the combined state, name two metals which occur in the free or native state. In the combined state metals occur in the form of compounds. Name two different metallic compounds in each case which occur as

  1. halides
  2. oxides
  3. sulphides.

Answer:
Gold and Platinum are the two metals that occur in the free or native state.
The metallic compounds which occur in :

  1. Halides – Cryolite[Na3AlF6], Flurospar[CaF2], Rock Salt[NaCl]
  2. Oxides – Bauxite[Al2O3.2H2O], Zincite[ZnO], Cuprite[Cu2O]
  3. Sulphides – Iron Pyrite[FeS2], Zinc blende[ZnS], Gdlena[PbS]

Question 3.
Differentiate between

  1. mineral & ore
  2. matrix & flux.

Answer:
Differentiate between mineral & ore
Mineral :

  • The compounds of various metal found in nature associated with their earthly impurities are called minerals.

Ore :

  • The naturally occurring minerals from which metals can be extracted profitably and conveniently are called ores,

Differentiate between matrix & flux

  1. Matrix : The rocky impurities including silica [SiO2], mud etc. associated with the ore is called matrix or gangue.
  2. Flux : The substance added to the ore to get rid of the matrix resulting in the formation of a fusible compound slag.

Question 4.
Give the (i) common (ii) chemical nadie (iii) formula of two common ores each of aluminium, zinc and iron.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 15

Question 5.
In the stages involved in the extraction of metals in general – give reasons for the following.

(i) Dressing of the ore is an essential process in the extraction of metal from its ore.
Answer:
The ores are found mixed with earthy impurities like sand, clay, lime stone etc. These unwanted impurities in the ore are called gangue or matrix.
The process of removal of gangue from powdered ore is called concentration or ore dressing.
Hence, it is the essential process in the extraction of metal from its ore because it convert’s the impure ore to pure concentrated ore

(ii) An electromagnetic wheel is used in the magnetic separation process of ore from gangue.
Answer:
An electromagnetic wheel is used in the magnetic separation process of ore from gangue as it seperate’s the magnetic particles from the non-magnetic particles. The magnetic particles get attracted to the magnetic wheel and thus get seperated from the gangue.

(iii) In the froth floatation process, the ore floats on the top & the gangue settles down.
Answer:
The impurities get wetted by water and remain behind in the tank. Since, the ore is lighter, it comes on the surface with the froth and the impurities(gatlgue) are left behind.

(iv) Magnetic separation is not used during the dressing of bauxite ore in the extraction of aluminium.
Answer:
Bauxite is concentrated by Leaching (Baeyer’s process). The impure bauxite is treated with concentrated NaOH, Al2O3 and SiO2 dissolve, but Fe2O3 and other basic materials remain insoluble and are removed by filtration.
Aluminium is highly reactive metal, belonging to the III A group of the periodic table. In nature, aluminium is found in the form of its oxide in its ore.
Hence, Magnetic separation is not used during the dressing of bauxite ore in the extraction of aluminium.

(v) Conversion of concentrated ore to its oxide is an essential step in the extraction of metals from the ore, even then the step is not necessary in the metallurgy of aluminium.
Answer:
Conversion of concentrated ore to its oxide is an essential step in the extraction of metals from the ore, even then the step is not necessary in the metallurgy of aluminium because in metallurgy of aluminium, the ore is already an oxide.

(vi) Roasting of the concentrated ore is carried out in the presence of excess air, while calcination of the concentrated ore in the absence or limited supply of air.
Answer:
Roasting is a process of converting an ore into its oxide by heating strongly in presence of excess air, so that oxygen gets added to form the corresponding oxide. It is done on sulphide ores in order to remove sulphur as sulphur gets escape in the form of gas.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 16
Whereas in carbonates ores, one needs to drive out carbonate and moisture impurities. So, ore is heated to a high temperature in absence of air. This process is called calcination.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 17

(vii) Roasting the ore generally results in evolution of sulphur dioxide gas, while calcination of the ore evolves carbon dioxide gas.
Answer:
Generally, sulphide ores are roasted, so SO2 is given off.
While carbonate and hydrated ores are calcined, so CO2 or water vapours are given off.

(viii) Reduction of metallic oxides to metal in the extraction of metals from the ores- is based on the position of the metal in the activity series.
Answer:
The method used to extract a metal from its ore depends on the position of the metal in the reactivity series.

(a) Metals higher up in the series need to be extracted using electricity.
(b) Metals lower in the series can be extracted by reduction with carbon.

(ix) Oxides or halides of highly electropositive metals e.g. K, Na, Ca, Al are reduced to metals by electrolysis and not by reduction with coke.
Answer:
Oxides are highly active metals like potassium, sodium, calcium, magnesium and aluminium have great affinity towards oxygen and so cannot be reduced by coke.

(x) Coke is not preferred as a reducing agent in the reduction of the oxide of mercury to its metal, but is preferred in the reduction of the oxide of zinc to its metal.
Answer:
Coke is not preferred as a reducing agent in the reduction of the oxide of mercury to its metal because metals low in the activity series are very reactive and the oxides of the metals can be reduced to metals by heating in air.
The reducing nature of carbon plays an important role in metallurgy and helps extract metals from their ores.
For example :
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 18

Question 6.
In the extraction of aluminium from bauxite, the first step is the dressing of the ore by Baeyer’s process. Give balanced equations for the conversion of impure bauxite to pure alumina using a concentrated solution of NaOH.
Answer:
Bauxite (red) contains Fe2O3. and SiO2 as the main impurities. It is crushed to a powder and is treated with a cone, solution of NaOH at 150-200°C (under pressure) when Al2O3 dissolves.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 19

Question 7.
In the electrolytic reduction of pure alumina to pure aluminium – by Hall Herault’s process, give the electrolytic reactions involved in the same, resulting in formation of aluminium at the cathode.
Answer:
Aluminium is obtained from alumina (Al2O3) by electrolytic reduction. The electrolytic both consists of a mixture of cryolite (Na3AlF6) and fluorspar (CaF2) and alumina (Al2O3)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 20

Question 8.
State the function of

  1. NaOH
  2. cryolite
  3. fluorspar in the metallurgy of aluminium.

Answer:
Functions of :
(i) NaOH : Crushed and powdered bauxite is heated with a cone, solution of NaOH at 150-200°C for 2 hours under pressure. The main impurities present in bauxite (Fe2O3 and SiO2) remain unaffected with cone. NaOH since these are not amphoteric. Bauxite, being amphoteric reacts with the base to form sodium aluminate, which is soluble in water. Thus NaOH helps in the purification of the ore.
(ii) Cryolite :

(a) To increase the mobility of the fused mixture.
(b) To lower the fusion point of the mixture.
(c) To increase the electrical conductivity of the mixture.

(iii) Fluorspar :

(a) To increase the mobility of the fused mixture.
(b) To lower the fusion point of the mixture.

Question 9.
Give reasons for the following – pertaining to Hall Herault’s process.

  1. The fusion temperature of the electrolyte has to be lowered before conducting the electrolytic reduction.
  2. The constituents of the electrolyte in addition to one part of fused alumina contains three parts of cryolite and one part of fluorspar.
  3. A layer of powdered coke sprinkled over the electrolytic mixture, protects the carbon electrodes.
  4. It is preferred to use a number of graphite electrodes as anode, instead of a single graphite electrode.

Answer:
(i) The liberated A1 metal [m.p. 660°C] may also tend to volatize out and get wasted. Hence the fusion temperature of the electrolytic mixture has to be – lowered.
(ii) The reasons for addition of mainly cryolite [in a higher ratio] and fluorspar to the electrolytic mixture are :

(a) They lowers the fusion point of the mixture i. e. the mixture fuses [melts] around 950°C instead of 2050°C.
(b) They enhances the mobility of the fused mixture by acting as a solvent for the electrolytic mixture.
Thus cryolite in the molten state of subdivision dissolves aluminium oxide.
(c) Addition of cryolite enhances the conductivity of the mixture.
Since pure alumina is almost a non-conductor of electricity

(iii) The layer of powdered coke is sprinkled over the electrolytic mixture because :

(a) It prevents burning of carbon electrodes in air at the emergence point from the bath.
(b) It minimizes or prevents heat loss by radiation.

(iv) The graphite[carbon] anodes are continously replaced during the electrolysis because :

(a) The oxygen evolved at the anode escapes as a gas or reacts with the carbon anode.
(b) The carbon anode is thus oxidised to carbon monoxide which either bums giving carbon dioxide or escapes out through an outlet.
2C + O2 → 2CO [2CO + O2 → 2CO2]
(c) The carbon anode is hence consumed and renewed periodically after a certain period of usage,

Question 10.
Define — (a) alloy, (b) amalgam
Answer:

  • Alloy : An alloy is a homogenous mixture of two or more metals and non-metals, out of which at least one is a metal.
    For example, brass (Zn + Cu), bronze (Cu + Sn), solder (Sn +Pb), stainless steel (Fe + Cr + Ni + C) etc.
  • Amalgam : An alloy in which mercury is an essential constituent is called an amalgam.
    For example, Dental amalgam (Hg + Ag + Sn), it is used for filling dental cavities.

Question 11.
State (i) composition (ii) reason for alloying (iii) one use of each of the following alloys.

  1. Brass
  2. Bronze
  3. Duralumin
  4. Solder [fuse metal]
  5. Stainless steel

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 21

Unit Test Paper 6 — Metallurgy

Q.1. Loss of electrons from an element ‘X’ is represented by : X – 3e– → X3+ (X → X3+ + 3e)

1. X is a _____ (metal/non-metal) and will form _____ (electrovalent/covalent) compounds only.
Ans. X is a metal and will form electrovalent compounds only.

2. X3+ formed is a _____ (cation / anion) and element ‘X’ has a valency of _____ [+2 /+3 / -3].
Ans. X3+ formed is a cation and element ‘X’ has a valency of +3.

3. If X3+ combines with oxygen the formula of the product is _____ (X2O3 / XO / X3O2),
Ans. If X3+ combines with oxygen the formula of the product is X2O3.

4. If the above product in the _____ (solid/molten) state is electrolysed the ion X3+ will get discharged at the _____ (anode / cathode).
Ans. If the above product in the molten state is electrolysed the ion X3+ will get discharged at the cathode.

5. The ion X3+ _____ (accepts / loses) electrons and gets _____ (oxidised / reduced) to neutral _____ (ions / atoms / molecules).
Ans. The ion X3+ loses electrons and gets reduced to neutral atoms.

Q.2. Select the correct answer from the list A, B, C and D given in each statement.

1. The oxide of the metal which reacts with both acids and alkalis- to give salt & water.
A : MgO
B : CuO
C : Al2O3
D : K2O

2. The common name of the ore of iron – whose chemical formula is Fe3 O4.
A : Iron pyrites
B : Magnetite
C : Haematite
D : Spathic iron ore

3. The chemical name – of the main ore of aluminium.
A : Aluminium flouride
B : Aluminium oxide
C : Sodium aluminium flouride
D : Hydrated aluminium oxide

4. The process of dressing of the ore which involves separation of ore & gangue – due to preferential wetting.
A : Magnetic separation
B : Hydrolytic method
C : Froth flotation method
D : Chemical method

5. The metallic oxide reduced to metal generally by – thermal decomposition.
A : ZnO
B : MgO
C : HgO
D : Al2O3
Answer:

  1. C : Al2O3
  2. B : Magnetite
  3. D : Hydrated aluminium oxide
  4. C : Froth flotation method
  5. C : HgO

Q.3. Name the substance A to E, reacted with each reactant below to give the respective product/s.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 22
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 23

Q.4. Name the following :

  1. A metallic ore converted to its oxide – iron [II] oxide on heating the concentrated ore.
  2. A black metallic oxide reduced to metal on heating with coke.
  3. The compound which on ignition at elevated temperatures gives pure alumina.
  4. The non-metal which forms the anode during electrolytic reduction of fused alumina in Hall Heroult’s process.
  5. A metal other than manganese, present in duralumin but not in magnalium.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 24

Q.5. Match the properties & uses of alloys in List 1 – with the correct answer from List 2.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 25
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 6 Metallurgy 26

For More Resources

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Electrolysis

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Electrolysis

ICSE SolutionsSelina ICSE SolutionsML Aggarwal Solutions

Viraf J Dalal Chemistry Class 10 Solutions and Answers

Simplified ChemistryEnglishMathsPhysicsChemistryBiology

QUESTIONS

2004

Question 1.
Write two applications of electrolysis in which the anode diminishes in mass.
Answer:

  1. Used in electroplating.
  2. Purification of metals.

Question 2.
If the compound formed between X (a metal with a valency 2) and Y (a non-metal with a valency 3) is melted and an electric current passed through the molten compound, the element X will be obtained at the……….. and Y at the……… of the electrolytic cell. (Provide the missing words.)
Answer:
Cathode, Anode.

Question 3.
What kind of particles will be found in a liquid compound which is a non-electrolyte.
Answer:
Only molecules.

Question 4.
If HX is a weak acid, what particles will be present in its dilute solution apart from those of water.
Answer:
Non-ionized molecules, H+ and X”.

Question 5.
What ions must be present in a solution used for electroplating a particular metal.
Answer:
Cations of that particular metal to be deposited.

Question 6.
Explain how electrolysis is an example of redox reaction.
Answer:
Redox Reaction: “A chemical reaction in which loss of electrons and the gain of electrons takes place simultaneously is called REDOX reaction.”
Example: Electrolysis of Potassium chloride
2K – 2e1-→ 2K+
Cl2 + 2e1-→  2Cl-
2K + Cl2→ 2K+Cl or 2KCl

The potassium atoms lose one electron each from their valence shells to form potassium ions. As loss of electrons takes place therefore, potassium metal is oxidised to Potassium ions [K+].
Chlorine atoms gain one electron each in their valence shells to form chloride ions. As gain of electrons take place, therefore, chlorine atoms are reduced to chloride ions (Cl ). Since reduction and oxidation takes place simultaneously, therefore, electrolysis is a Redox reaction.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 1

2005

Question 1.
Explain why copper, though a good conductor of electricity, is a non-electrolyte.
Answer:
Copper metal – is a good conductor of electricity – but is a non-electrolyte, since-
It does not undergo chemical decomposition due to flow of electric current through it.

Question 2.
Name the gas released at the cathode when acidulated water is electrolysed.
Answer:
Hydrogen gas.

Question 3.
Explain why solid sodium chloride does not allow electricity to pass through.
Answer:
Sodium chloride (an ionic solid) does not conduct electricity in its solid state. It is because the anions (chloride – Cl ) and cations (sodium -Na+), remain in fact occupying fixed position in the crystal lattice due to strong electrostatic attractive forces among them. The ions, therefore are unable to move to any large extent when electric field is affected. Hence no current.

Question 4.
Fill in the blanks:

  1. As we descend the electro chemical series containing cations, the tendency of the cations to get  reduced at the cathode increases.
  2. The higher the concentration of an ion in a solution, the greater is the probability of its being discharged at its appropriate electrode.

Question 5.
State the term used for:
A liquid or solution, which conducts electricity with accompanying chemical change.
Answer:
Electrolyte.

Question 6.
Electrons are getting added to an element Y. Which electrode will Y migrate to during electrolysis.
Answer:
Cathode.

2006

Question 1.
Select from the list: —Ammonia, Copper oxide, Copper sulphate, Hydrogen chloride, Hydrogen sulphide, Lead bromide.

  1. A solution of this compound is used as the electrolyte when copper is purified.
  2. When this compound is electrolysed in the molten state, lead is obtained at the cathode.

Answer:

  1. Copper sulphate
  2. Lead Bromide.

Question 2.
State what is observed when copper sulphate solution is electrolysed using a platinum anode.
Answer:
Blue colour of the solution disappears.

Question 3.
An electrode ‘A’ is connected to the positive terminal of a battery and electrode ‘B’ to the negative terminal.

  1. Give the names of the electrodes A and B.
  2. Which electrode is the oxidizing electrode.

Answer:

  1. Anode, Cathode
  2.  Anode.

Question 4.
Write the equations at the cathode and anode when acidified water is electrolysed.
Answer:
Reaction at Cathode –
4H1+ + 4e → H x 4                          
2H + 2H → 2H2
Reaction at Anode:
40H1- + 4e → OH x 4
4OH → 2H2O + O2

Question 5.
A soln. of AgNOis a good electrolyte but it is not used for electroplating an article with silver. Why.
Answer:
Migration of Ag1+ ion from the complex salt solution silver cyanide is slow as compared to silver nitrate. That is why silver nitrate solution is not used.

2007

Question 1.
From — A: non-electrolyte, B: strong electrolyte, C: weak electrolyte, D: metallic conductor — Match:

  1. Molten ionic compound
  2. CCl4
  3. An aluminium wire
  4. A soln. containing solvent molecules, solute molecules and ions formed by the dissociation of solute molecules.
  5. A sugar soln. with sugar molecules and water molecules.

Answer:
Description

  1. (B) Strong electrolyte.
  2. (A) Non-electrolyte.
  3. (D) Metallic conductor
  4. (C) Weak electrolyte
  5. (A) Non-electrolyte

2008

Question 1.
During the electrolysis of molten lead bromide, which of the following takes place ?
A.  Bromine is released at the cathode
B.  Lead is deposited at the anode
C.  Bromine ions gain electrons
D.  Lead is deposited at the cathode

Question 2(1).
Here is an electrode reaction:
Cu → Cu2+ + 2e. [i.e. Cu – 2e → Cu2+]
At which electrode (anode or cathode) would such a reaction take place ? Is this an example of oxidation or reduction ?
Answer:
Cu → Cu2+ + 2e
This reaction takes place at anode.
This is an example of oxidation

Question 2(2).
A soln. contains Mg2+ ions, Fe2+ ions and Cu2+ ions. On passing an electric current through this soln. which ions will be the first to be discharged at the cathode ? Write the equation for the cathode reaction/
Answer:
Cu2+ (Copper ions will get discharged at cathode)

2009

Question 1.
State which from A to E fits the description —‘A pink metal is deposited at the cathode during the electrolysis of the soln. of this salt.
(A) Sulphur
(B) Silver chloride
(C) Hydrogen chloride
(D) Copper [II] sulphate
(E) Graphite.

Question 2.
Select the correct answer — The aqueous solution of the compounds which contains both ions and molecules is:
(A) Sulphuric acid
(B) Hydrochloric acid
(C) Nitric acid
(D) Acetic acid

Question 3.
Correct the following statements conducts electricity.
Answer:
Molten lead bromide conducts electricity.

Question 4.
A metal article is to be electroplated with silver. The electrolyte selected is sodium argentocyanide.

  1. What kind of salt is sodium argentocyanide.
  2. Why is it preferred to silver nitrate as an electrolyte?
  3. State one condition to ensure that the deposit is smooth, firm and long lasting.
  4. Write the reaction taking place at the cathode.
  5. Write the reaction taking place at the anode.

Answer:

  1. It is a complex salt.
  2. Silver nitrate is not used as an electrolyte since deposition of silver is rapid and the coating is not uniform. Hence sodium argentocyanide is used.
  3. A direct current of smaller magnitude should be applied for a longer time.
    Dissociation reaction:
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 2
    Both Na+ and Ag+ will migrate towards cathode but Ag+ ions will be discharged.
  4. Reaction at cathode
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 3
  5. Reaction at anode
    The silver atoms from the anode lose electrons and other into the solution as silver ions
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 4

Question 5.
Aqueous solution of Nickel sulphate contains Ni2+ and SO42+ ions

    1. Which ions moves towards the cathode ?
    2. What is the product at the anode ?

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 5

  1. Nickel ions moves towards the cathode
  2. Reaction At anode: (with nickel electrodes)
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 6

Hence nickel dissolves from the anode by forming nickel ions.
(if electrodes used of platinum).

Then being an aqueous solution hydrolysis of water will also take place
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 7
At Anode:  4OH – 4e → 4OH
4OH → 2H2O + O2 ↑
Hence oxygen gas will be released if electrodes used are of platinum.

2010

Question 1.
Select the correct answer — A compound which liberates reddish brown gas around the anode during electrolysis in its molten state is :
(A) Sodium chloride
(B) Copper (II) oxide
(C) Copper (II) sulphate
(D) Lead (II) bromide

Question 2.
During electroplating of an article with nickel –
(1) Name

  1. The electrolyte
  2. The cathode

(2) Give the reaction of the electrolysis at

  1. The cathode .
  2. The anode

Answer:
(1)
(a) Nickel sulphate
(b) Article
(c) Pure nickel plate / rod
(2)
(a) At Cathode: Ni2+ + 2e→ Ni(s)
(b) At Anode: Ni(s) – 2e→ Ni2+

Question 3.
A, B and C are three electrolytic cells, connected in different circuits. Cell ‘A’ contains NaCl soln., and the bulb in the circuit glows brightly, when the circuit is completed. Cell ‘B’ contains acetic acid and the bulb glows dimly. Cell ‘C’ contains sugar soln., and the bulb not glow. Give reasons for each observation.
Answer:
Electrolytic cell A has completely ionised sodium chloride solution. Thus, the ions can easily migrate to oppositely charged poles and hence bulb glows brightly. To conclude sodium chloride solution is a strong electrolyte.
Electrolytic cell B has a weak electrolyte as only 5% of the acetic acid molecules ionise. Thus, a weak current flows through it and hence the bulb glows dimly.
Electrolytic cell C has a non-electrolyte. Sugar molecules do not ionise and hence no current flows through. Thus, the bulb does not glow.

2011

Question 1.
Give reasons – The electrolysis of acidulated water is considered to be an example of catalysis.
Answer:
The amount of acid in the water does not change. Furthermore, it does not take part in electrochemical reaction, but makes the water a good conductor of electricity.

Question 2.
During electrolysis of CuSO4 using platinum [cathode] and carbon [anode]:

  1. State what you observe at the cathode and anode.
  2. State the change noticed in the electrolyte
  3. Write the reactions at the cathode and anode.

Answer:

  1. Cathode: Reddish brown deposition of copper occurs at cathode.
    Anode: Colourless gas is evolved at anode.
  2. On prolonged electrolysis, the blue electrolyte turns colourless.                                          .
  3. Cathode: Cu2+ + 2e → Cu
    Anode: OH— le → OH
    4OH → 2H2O + O2

Question 3.
Differentiate between electrical conductivity of – copper sulphate solution and of copper metal.
Answer:

Electrical conductivity of copper sulphate solutions Electrical conductivity of copper metal
1. Flow of electricity takes place the molten or dissolved state.

2. Flow of electricity is due to the movement of ions.

3. There is chemical decompos­ition of the copper sulphate sol.

4. The electrical conductivity increases with the increase in temperature.

1. Flow of in electricity place in the solid state.

2. Flow of electricity is due to the movement of electrons.

3. There is no chemical decomposition.

4. The electrical conductivity with increase in temperature, decreases

2012


Question 1.
Rewrite the correct statement with the missing word/s: Cations migrate during electrolysis.
Answer:
Cation migrates to cathode during electrolysis.

Question 2.
Identify the weak electrolyte from the following:
(A) Sodium Chloride solution
(B) Dilute Hydrochloric acid
(C) Dilute Sulphuric acid
(D) Aqueous acetic acid.

Question 3.
Match the following in column A with the correct answer from the choices given in column B.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 8
Answer:
                 Column A                                             Column B
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 9

Question 4.
Give reasons: An aqueous solution of sodium chloride conducts electricity.
Answer:
Aqueous solution of sodium chloride contains very large number of sodium ions (Na+) and chloride ions (Cl ). On the passage of electric current these ions migrate to the oppositely charged electric poles and the conduction of electricity takes place.

Question 5.
Select the correct answer from the list in brackets:

  1. An aqueous electrolyte consists of the ions .mentioned in the list, the ion which could be
    discharged most readily during electrolysis. [Fe2+, Cu2+, Pb2+, H+].
  2. The metallic electrode which does not take part in an electrolytic reaction. [Cu, Ag, Pt, Ni].
  3. The ion which is discharged at the anode during the electrolysis of copper sulphate solutions using copper electrodes as anode and cathode. [Cu2+, OH, SO42--, H+].
  4. When dilute sodium chloride is electrolysed using graphite electrodes, the cation is discharged at the cathode most readily. [Na+, OH, H+, Cl].
  5. During silver plating of an article using potassium argentocyanide as an electrolyte, the anode material should be [Cu, Ag, Pt, Fe].

Answer:
(1) Cu2+ (2) Pt (3) Cu2+ (4) H1+ (5) Ag

2013

Question 1.
State one appropriate observation for : Electricity is passed through molten lead bromide.
Answer:
The molten lead bromide breaks into lead metal which dis­charges at cathode and bromine gas which discharged at an­ode.

Question 2.
State which of these will act as non-electrolyte ?
(A) Liquid carbon tetrachloride
(B) Acetic acid
(C) Sodium hydroxide aqueous solution acid.
(D) Potassium chloride aqu. solution.
Answer:
(A) Liquid carbon tetrachloride is non-electrolyte

Question 3.
Copper sulphate soln. is electrolysed using copper elec­trodes as seen in diagram
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 10

  1. Which electrode to your left or right is known as the oxidising electrode and why?
    Ans. The electrode on left hand side donates electrons and hence is oxidising electrode.
  2. Write the equation representing the reaction that oc­curs.
    Ans. Cu – 2e→ Cu2+
  3. State two appropriate observations for the above elec­trolysis reaction.
    Ans. The size of anode gradually decreases and that of cathode gradually increases. However, there is no change in the colour of copper sulphate solution.
  4. Name: A gas which in the liquid state does not conduct electricity but conducts when dissolved in water.
    Ans. Hydrogen chloride gas.

2014

Question 1.
The observation seen when fused lead bromide is electrolysed is:
A: a silver grey deposit at anode and a reddish brown deposit at cathode.
B: a silver grey deposit at cathode and a reddish brown deposit at anode.
C: a silver grey deposit at cathode and reddish brown fumes at anode.
D: silver grey fumes at anode and reddish brown fumes at cathode

Question 2.
During electroplating an article with silver, the electrolyte used is: 
A: silver ifitrate solution
B: silver cyanide solution
C: sodium argentocyanide solution
D: nickel sulphate solution

Question 3.
Give one word or phrase for: Electrolytic deposition of a superior metal on a baser metal.
Answer:
Electrolytic deposition of a superior metal on a baser metal→ Electroplating.

Question 4.
State your observation:
At the cathode when acidified aq. CuSO4 spin. is electrolyzed with copper electrodes.
Answer:
Pure copper will deposit at cathode.

Question 5.
State which electrode: anode or cathode is the oxidising electrode. Give a reason for the same.
Answer:
Anode is the oxidising electrode.

Question 6.
Name the kind of particles present in:

  1. Sodium Hydroxide soln.
  2. Carbonic acid.
  3. Sugar sol.n.

Answer:

  1. Particles present in sodium hydroxide a strong alkali solution:
    Sodium (Na+) ions and hydroxide (OH ) ions.
  2. Particles present in carbonic acid (a weak acid) solution:
    Ions (H+, HCO3, CO32- ) and molecules (H2CO3)
  3. Particles present in sugar (a non-electrolyte) solution:
    Molecules of sugar (C12 H22O11)

Question 7.
M2O is the oxide of a metal ‘M’ which is the above hydrogen in the activity series. M2O when dissolved in water forms the corresponding hydroxide which-is a good conductor of electricity.

  1. State the reaction taking place at the cathode.
  2. Name the product at the anode.

Answer:

  1. Reaction of cathode: M+ + e → M
  2. Product at anode: O2 + O2-→ O2 (Oxygen)

2015

Question 1.
State one observation for. ‘At the Anode when aqueous copper sulphate solution is electrolysed using copper electrodes’.
Answer:
Blue Cu2+ ions formed.

Question 2.
Give scientific reasons:

  1. During electrolysis of molten lead bromide graphite anode is preferred to other electrodes.
  2. Electrical conductivity of acetic acid is less in comparison to the of dil. H2SO4 – at a given concentration
  3. Electrolysis is of molten lead bromide is considered to be a redox reaction.

Answer:

  1. During the electrolysis of molten lead bromide, a graphite anode is preferred because graphite remains unaffected by the reactive bromine vapours which are released at the anode.
  2. Sulphuric acid is a strong acid compared to acetic acid. A strong acid has more ions than a weak one, and so, its solution will be a better electrical conductor than a weak acid. So, electrical conductivity of acetic acid is less in comparison of electric conductivity of sulphuric acid.
  3. In the electrolysis of molten lead bromide, the following reactions take place:
    At the cathode: Pb2+ (l) + 2e → Pb(l)
    At the anode: 2Br (l) → Br2 (g) + 2e
    Lead (II) ions (Pb2+) are attracted to the negative electrode, and the Pb2+ ions are forced to accept two electrons. Pb2+ ions are reduced. Bromide ions (Br ) are attracted to the positive electrode and the bromide ions are forced to give away their extra electron to form bromine atoms. Thus, bromide ions are oxidised. So, electrolysis of molten lead bromide is a redox reaction.

Question 3.
Differentiate between the terms strong electrolyte and weak electrolyte, (stating any two differences)
Answer:

Strong Electrolytes

Weak Electrolytes

(1)  Electrolytes which allow a large amount of electricity to flow through them.

(2) The solution of a strong electrolyte contains only free mobile ions.

(1)  Electrolytes which allow a small amount of electricity to flow through them.

(2)  The solution of a weak electrolyte contains ions and molecules.

Question 4.
During purification of copper – State:

  1. The anode used
  2. The electrolyte used.

Write the equation taking place at the anode in the above.
Answer:
(1)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 34
(2) Equation at the anode:
Cu – 2e → Cu2+ (Anode)

2016

Question 1.
The particles present in strong electrolytes are:
Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D:
A: only molecules
B: mainly ions
C: ions and molecules
D: only atoms

Question 2.
Write equations for the reactions taking place at the two electrodes during the electrolysis of:

  1. Acidified CuSO4 with copper electrodes.
  2. Molten PbBr2 with inert electrodes. (mention clearly the name of the electrode in each case)

Answer:
(1) Dissociation reaction:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 11
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 12
At cathode (negative terminal of battery)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 13
At anode (positive terminal of battery)
Cu → Cu2++2e

(2) Dissociation reaction:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 14

At cathode (negative terminal of battery)
Pb2+ + 2e → Pb
Lead metal is obtained in molten state At anode (positive terminal of battery)
Br – e → Br
Br + Br → Br2
Reddish brown vapours of bromine are formed

Question 3.
Name:

  1. the product formed at the anode – during electrolysis of acidified water using platinum electrodes.
  2. the metallic ions that should be present – in the electrolyte when an article made of copper is to be electroplated with silver.

Answer:

  1. Oxygen
  2. Silver ions

Question 4.
Give reasons why:

  1. Sodium Chloride will conduct electricity only in fused or aq. soln. state.
  2. In the electroplating of an article with silver, the electrolyte sodium argentocyanide soln. is preferred over silver nitrate solution.
  3. Although copper is a good conductor of electricity,it is a non-electrolyte.                                  ‘

Answer:

  1. Sodium chloride is a solid, ionic compound, it has strong electrostatic forces of attraction. Only in the fused or aqueous solution, it forms ions which are capable of conducting electricity.
  2. It is preferred over silver nitrate because the dissociation of AgN03 will be very fast and deposit will not be smooth and uniform.
  3. Because it does not form ions.

2017

Question 1.
Identify the substance underlined, in each of the following-

  1. The elctrolvte used for electroplating an article with silver.
  2. The particles present in a liquid such as kerosene, that is a non-electrolyte.

Answer:

  1. Sodium argentocyanide or Potassium argentocyanide solution.
  2. Molecules

Question 2.
State the observations at the anode & at the cathode during the electrolysis of –

  1. Fused lead bromide using graphite electrodes.
  2. Copper sulphate solution using copper electrodes.

Answer:

  1. At cathode silvery droplets of molten lead appear.
    At anode reddish vapours of bromine are given out.
  2. Brown metal copper is deposited at cathode.
    Cu2+ ion is liberated at anode.
    Colour of CuSO4 solution (blue colour) does not fade.

Question 3.
Select the ion in each case, that would get selectively discharged from the aqueous mixture of the ions listed below:
(1) S042-, NO3 and OH ;
(2) Pb2-, Ag+ and Cu2+.
Answer:

  1. OH ion will get discharged in preference to SO42- or NO3 ions.
  2. Ag+ ions will get discharged in preference to Pb2+ or Cu2+ ions.

ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS

Question 1.
Define:

  1. Electrolysis
  2. Electrodes
  3. Ions
  4. Electrolytic dissociation.

Answer:
(1) Electrolysis: “The process of decomposition of a chemical compound in aqueous solution or in molten state accompanied by chemical change.”
(2) Electrodes: Electrodes allow the electric current to enter or leave the electrolyte solution.
(3) Ions: They are atoms which carry a positive or negative charge and become free and mobile when an electric current is passed through an aqueous solution of a chemical compound.
(4) Electrolytic dissociation: The process due to which an ionic compound in the fused or in aqueous solution dissociates into ions by passage of electric current through it is called electrolytic dissociation.

Question 2.
Differentiate between

  1. Electrolytes and Non-electrolytes
  2. Strong and Weak electrolytes
  3. Anode and Cathode
  4. Electrolytic dissociation and Ionisation with suitable examples.

Answer:

Question 2(1).
Electrolytes and Non-electrolytes

Electrolytes:

Chemical compound – which conduct electricity in the fused or in aq. solution state and -undergo chemical decomposition due to the flow of current through it.
Electrolytes – are ionic compounds
Particles in Electrolytes – ions only or Ions and molecules only
Examples:
Acids – dil. HCl, HNO2 H2SO4 Alkalis – KOH, NaOH solutions Ionic salts – PbBr2 [molten],
CuSO4 [aq.]

Non-electrolytes:

Chemical compound – which do not conduct electricity in the fused or aq. soln. state and – do not undergo chemical decom­position due to the flow of current through it.
Non-electrolytes – are covalent compounds
Particles in non-electrolytes – Molecules only
Example:
Pure or distilled water, Alcohol, Kerosene, Carbon disulphide, carbon tetrachloride, sucrose, glucose, sugar solution.

Question 2(2).
Strong and Weak electrolytes:

Strong electrolytes:

  1. The compounds which in their aqueous solution or in fused state are almost completely ionised are called strong electrolytes.
  2. They allow a large amount of electricity to flow through them and hence are good conductors of electricity.
  3. In aqueous solution or molten state, only ions are present.
    Examples:
    Strong acids:
    HCl, H2SO4,HNO3
    Strong bases: NaOH, KOH
    Salts: NaCl, NaNO3, K2S04

Weak electrolytes:

  1. The compound which in their aqueous solution or in fused state are partially ionised are called weak electrolytes.
  2. They allow small amount of electricity to flow through them and hence are poor conductors of electricity.The compound which in their aqueous solution or in fused state are partially ionised are called weak electrolytes.
    In aqueous solution or molten state ions as well as unionised molecules are present.
    Examples:
    Weak acids: CH3COOH, H2CO3
    Weak bases: NH4OH, Ca(OH)2
    Salts: CH3COONH4

Question 2(3).
Anode and Cathode:

Anode:

  1. It is the electrode connected to the positive terminal of the battery
  2. Anions migrate to anode.
  3. The anions donate excess electrons to the anode and they are oxidised to neutral atoms.

Cathode:

  1. It is the electrode connected to the negative terminal of the battery.
  2. Cations migrate to cathode.
  3. The cations gain excess electrons from the cathode and they are reduced to neutral atoms.

Question 2(4).
Electrolytic dissociation and ionisation with suitable examples.

Dissociation:

  1. Separation of ions which are already present in an ionic compounds.
  2. Electrovalent compounds show dissociation e.g. potassium chloride, lead bromide.
    KCl → K+ + Cl

Ionisation

  1. Formation of positively or negatively charged ions from molecules which are not intially in the ionic state.
  2. Polar covalent compounds show ionisation.
    e.g. HCl, H4CO3 , NH4OH
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 15

Question 3.
Compare the flow of electricity through a nickel wire and nickel sulphate solution.
Answer:
Flow of electricity through nickel wire

  1. It is due to the flow of electrons.
  2. It is a physical change.
  3. It can take place in solid state.
  4. Electrical conductivity is more.

low of electricity through nickel sulphate solution

  1. It is due to the flow of ions.
  2. It is a chemical change.
  3. It cannot take place in solid state.
  4. Electrical conductivity is less.

Question 4.
Name three organic compounds and one neutral liquid which are non-electrolytes.
Answer:
Organic compounds which are non-electrolyte:
Sugar, glucose, naphthalene
Neutral liquid which are non-electrolytes:
Carbon tetrachloride, carbon disulphide

Question 5.
State which of the following solutions are weak electrolytes – dil. HCI ; carbonic acid ; NH4OH ; dil. H2SO4 ; AgNO3 ; Na2CO3 ; PbBr2 ; KOH ; HI ; oxalic acid, NaHCO3 ; sodium acetate ; Na2SO4 ; NaOH.
Answer:
Weak Electrolytes: Carbonic acid, NH4OH, Na2CO3 oxalic acid.

Question 6.
State which of the following solutions contain (1) molecules only (2) ions only (3) both molecules and ions – CS2 ; CH3COOH ; NH4OH ; NaOH ; dil. HNO3 ; Na2CO3 ; CuCl2 ; oxalic acid ; pure H2O,
kerosene ; HI.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 16

Question 7.
State giving reasons, in which state or medium does
(1) NaCl, (2) HCI gas (3) NH3 gas conduct electricity.
Answer:

  1. NaCl will conduct electricity only molten state or when dissolved in water. This is because the Na+ and Cl ions present in solid NaCl are too big to move under the influence of applied electric field.
  2. HCI gas is a polar covalent compound when dissolved in water, it will ionise to give H+ and CP ions. Under the influence of applied electric field these ions can easily move in an aqueous solution and thus conduct electricity.
    Thus HCI (g) when dissolved in water conducts electricity.
  3. NH3(g) will dissolved in water to give NH4OH.
    NH3(g) + H2O (l) → NH4OH (aq)
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 17
    NH4OH will ionise to give NH4+ and OH ions. Under the influence of applied electric field these ions can migrate in an aqueous solution and hence conduct electricity. Thus NH3 (g) when dissolved in water conduct electricity.

Question 8.
State on what basis are acids, bases and salts classified as strong and weak electrolytes.
Answer:
Strong electrolytes – Compound which in the fused or in the aqueous solution state are almost completely dissociated and are good conductors of electricity are called.

Weak Electrolytes – Compound which in the fused or in the aqueous solution state are feebly or partially dissociated and are poor conductors of electricity are called – weak electrolytes.

Question 9.
Explain the terms 

  1. metal activity or electro chemical series
  2. selective discharge of ions.

Answer:

  1. Depending on the ease with the metals lose their electrons and form ions – they are arranged in a series known as – metal activity series or electro chemical series.
    The arrangement is so done that the elements that – ionize most readily [discharged with great difficulty]- are placed at the top of the series and other elements in the descending order.
  2. Selective discharge of ions: The preferential discharge of ions present in an electrolyte at the respective electrodes is known as selective discharge of ions.

It depends upon the following factors:

  • Relative position of the ion in the electo chemical series: Lower the position of the ion in the series, easier to discharge.
  • Concentration of the ion: More the concentration of the ion, easier to discharge.
  • Nature of the electrode: Inert electrodes (graphite, platinum) do not take part in the electrolytic reaction.
    Active electrodes (Cu electrodes for electrolysis of aq. CuSO4, Ag electrodes for electrolysis of aq. AgNO3 etc.) take part in electrolytic reactions.

Question 10.
From the ions –

  1. SO42- and OH1-
  2. Cu2+ and H1+
  3. Ag1+ and H1+ state giving reasons which ion is discharged at the respective electrode in each case.

Answer:

  1. Out of SO42- and OH ions, OH ions will be discharged at anode forming O2 gas.
  2. Out of Cu2+ and H+, Cu2+ ions will be discharged because Cu is lower in the electro chemical series than H.
  3. Out of Ag+ and H+, Ag+ will be discharged because Ag is lower in the electro chemical
    series than H.

Question 11.
With reference to nature of electrodes — name three inert and three active electrodes.
Answer:
Inert electrodes

  • Platinum
  • Iron
  • Graphite

Active electrodes

  • Copper
  • Nickel
  • Silver

Question 12.
State the reason for difference in product formed at the anode during electrolysis of aq. CuSO4 using

  1. active electrode – copper anode
  2. inert electrode – platinum anode.

Answer:

  1. Electrolysis of aq. CuS04 using copper anode:
    As copper can easily lose electron, copper from anode will dissolve as Cu2+ ions.
    Cu (s) – 2e→ Cu2+ (aq)
  2. Electrolysis of aq. CuS04 using inert platinum anode: Due to very low tendency of platinum to lose electron platinum anode does not take part in electrolytic reaction. Further tendency of SO42- to lose electron is much less than that of OH(from feebly ionised water). Thus OH ions get oxidised in preference to SO42- ions to  give O2
    4OH – 4e → 4OH
    40H→ 2H2O + O2↑

Question 13.
Give the electrode reactions for formation of

  1. Lead metal and bromine vapours from molten PbBr2 using inert electrodes
  2. H2 and O2 gas (2:1) from acidified water using inert Pt electrodes.

Answer:

  1. Electrolysis of molten PbBr2 using inert electrodes.
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 18
    At cathode: Pb2+ (l) + 2e →Pb (s)
    At anode: 2Br (l) – 2e→ 2Br
    Br + Br→ Br2 (g)
  2. Electrolysis of acidified water using Pt electrodes.
    At cathode:
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 19
    4H+ (aq) + 4e → 4H
    2H + 2H→ 2H2
    At anode:
    4OH+ (aq) – 4e → 4OH
    4OH→ 2H2O (l) + O2 (g)

Question 14.
Starting from aq. copper (II) sulphate solution, give equations for the reactions at the cathode and anode during electrolysis of aq. CuSO4 using active copper electrodes.
Answer:
Electrode reaction:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 20
Reaction at Cathode:
Cu2+ + 2e → Cu
Cu2+ and H1+ ions migrate to the cathode.
Reaction at anode: Cu – 2e → Cu2+
S042- and OH1- ions migrate to anode but not discharged.

Question 15.
Give reasons for the following changes –

(1) pure water a non-electrolyte – becomes an electrolyte on addition of dil. H2SO4
(2) Blue colour of aq. CuSO4 – turns almost colourless on its electrolysis using Pt electrodes.
Answer:

  1. Pure water is a non electrolyte. It consists of entirely of molecules. It can be electrically decomposed by Addition of traces of dil. Sulphuric acid. Which dissociates into H1+ and sulphate (S042-) ions.
  2. If platinum anode is used the blue colour of CuS04 solution fades since the blue Cu2+ ions which are discharged at the cathode are not replaced or added at the anode.

Question 16.
‘Iron is electroplated with silver’ –

  1. define the term in italics
  2. state two reasons for electroplating
  3. state why the iron is not placed at the anode and silver at the cathode during electroplating.

Answer:

  1. Electroplating: The electrolytic process of deposition of a superior metal on the surface of a baser metal or article is called electroplating.
  2. Reasons for electroplating:

    • Prevents corrosion or rusting.
    • Makes the article attractive and gives it an expensive appearance.
  3. The article to be electroplated is always placed at the cathode because during electrolytic reaction the metal is always deposited at the cathode by gain of electrons.

Question 17.
Draw a diagram for –
(1) electroplating an article with silver;
(2) electrorefining or purification of copper.

Answer:
(1)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 21
(2)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 22

Question 18.
State the

  1. electrolyte
  2. cathode used
  3. anode used
  4. electrode reaction at cathode
  5. electrode reaction at anode
  6. product at cathode and anode – during
    (a) electroplating an article with nickel
    (b) electroplating a spoon with silver
    (c) purification of impure copper.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 23

Electrolytic reaction at cathode
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 24

Electrode reaction at anode
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 25
Products at cathode
(a) Ni (ions)
(b) Silver
(c) Copper
Products at anode
(a) SO42– and OH1--(ions)
(b) CN and OH1- (ions)
(c) SO42- and OH1- (ions)

Question 19.
Give a reason why metals –
copper, silver and lead are electrorefined but K, Na and Ca are not.
Answer:
Extraction of K, Na and Ca are done by electrolysis and are extracted in their fused state. Their oxides are highly stable and the metal has a strong affinity for oxygen. They do not decompose on thermal decomposition. .

Question 20.
Explain the term ‘electrometallurgy’. At what electrode is the extracted metal always deposited ?
Answer:
Electrometallurgy – is the process of extraction of metals by electrolysis. Metals comparatively higher in the electrochemical series are extracted by electrolysis. During this process, the extracted metal is always deposited on cathode.

Question 21.
State how activity series of metals plays a role in extraction of metals from oxides.
Answer:
In activity series, metals are placed in decreasing order of reactivity with most reactive metal at the top and least reactive metal at the bottom. Depending upon the reactivity of metals, different methods are used for their extraction from respective ores.
For example:

  1. Extraction by electrolysis: Metals at the top of the activity series are extracted from their ores by electrolysis. Being highly reactive, they cannot be reduced by common reducing agent (C, CO, H2) For example: K, Na, Ca, Mg,Al.
  2. Extraction by common reducing agents: Metals at the middle of the activity series, being less reactive, can be extracted from their ores by reduction with common reducing agents like C, CO, H2
    For example: Zn, Fe, Pb, Cu.
  3. Extraction by thermal decomposition: Metals near the bottom of the activity series, due to their very low reactivity, can be extracted from their ores, by heating only.
    For example: Hg, Ag.
  4. Metal at the bottom of the activity series exist in native state (Au, Pt).
  5. State the electrode reaction at the respective electrodes during extraction of Al from Al2 O3.

Question 22.
State the electrode reaction at the respective electrodes during extraction of Al from Al2 O3.
Answer:
At cathod:   2Al3+ + 6e–  → 2Al
At anode:    3O2- – 6e → 3|0|
3|0|+3|0|→3O2

UNIT TEST PAPER 5 – ELECTROLYSIS

Question 1.
Match the statements 1 to 5 with their answers selected from A to J.
A: Cathode, B: Sucrose soln., C: Cl”, D : Formic acid, E: Electro metallurgy, F: Ammonia, G: Mg2+, H: Electro refining, I: Sulphur dioxide, J: Anode.

  1. A compound containing molecules only.
    Ans. Sucrose soln.
  1. A compound which ionizes in soln. state but not in gaseous state.
    Ans. Ammonia
  1. The ion which accepts electrons from the cathode and gets reduced to neutral atoms.
    Ans. Mg2+
  1. The electrode to which the cyanide ions of aq. Na[(Ag(CN)2] migrate during electrolysis.
    Ans. Anode
  1. An application of electrolysis in which the anode does not generally diminish in size.
    Ans. Electro metallurgy.

Question 2.
Complete the table given below:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 26
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 27

Question 3.
Select the correct word from the words in bracket to complete the sentence:

  1. The electrode at which anions donate excess electrons and are oxidized to neutral atoms is the…………….. (anode / cathode).
    Ans. Anode
  1. On electrolysis, Ag1+ and H1+ ions migrate to the…………..(cathode / anode) and………… (Ag1+ / H,+) are discharged.
    Ans. Cathode ; AgI+
  1. Electrolysis is a / an………. (oxidation / reduction / redox) reaction in which reduction reaction takes place at the……………. (cathode / anode)
    Ans. redox, cathode
  1. According to Arrhenius’s theory the amount of electricity conducted by the electrolyte depends on the ………………… (nature / concentration) of the ions in solution.
    Ans. Concentration
  1. Salts ionize in aq. soln. on passage of electric current to give……….. (negative / positive) ions other than H+ ions.
    Ans. positive.

Question 4.
Give balanced equations for the electrode reactions involved in the following conversions at the respective electrodes:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 28
Answer:

  1. Electrolysis of molten Al203:
    202- – 4e→ 2 [O]
    [O] + [O]→ O2 (g)    (At Anode)
    Electrolysis of copper (II) sulphate
    4OH- (aq) + 4e→ 4 [OH]
    4 [OH] → 2H2O (l) + O2 (g)    (At Anode)
  2. Cu (s) – 2e→ Cu2+ (aq)   (At Anode)
    Cu2+ (aq) + 2e→ Cu (s)   (At Cathod)
  3. Electrolysis of molten PbCl2
    2Cl (l) – 2e→ 2 [Cl]
    2 [Cl] → Cl2(g) (At Anode)
    Electrolysis of HCl (aq)
    2Cl- (aq) – 2e → 2 [Cl]
    2 [Cl] → Cl2 (g)
  4. Electrolysis of acidified water
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 29
    4OH – 4e→ 4 [OH]
    4 [OH] → 2H20 (l) + O2 (g)  (At Anode)
  5. Electrolysis of molten KBr
    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 30
    2Br (l) – 2e→ 2 [Br]
    2[Br]→ Br2 (g) (At Anode)
    Electrolysis of molten PbBr2

    New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 31
    2Br (l) — 2e → 2 [Br]
    2 [Br] ) Br2 (g) (At anode)

Question 5.
Select the correct answer from the list in bracket:

  1. The cation discharged at the cathode most readily.[Fe2+, Cu2+, Pb2+, H1+]
    Ans. Cu2+
  2. The anion discharged at the anode with most difficulty.[SO2-4, Br1-, N03‘-OH1]
    Ans. OH1
  3. The metallic electrode which does not take part in an electrolytic reaction. [Cu, Ag, Fe, Ni]
    Ans. Fe
  4. The ion/s which is / are discharged during electrolysis of aq. CuSO4 using Cu electrode.
    [Cu2+, S042-, H1+, OH1-]
    Ans. Cu2+
  5. A covalent compound which in aqueous state conducts electricity.    [CCl4, CS2, NH3, C2H4]
    Ans. NH3

Question 6.
Give reasons for the following:

Question 1.
Electrolysis of molten lead bromide is considered a redox reaction.
Answer:
Electrolysis of molten PbBr2 takes place as follows:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 32
Pb2+ + 2e → Pb (at cathode)

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 5 Electrolysis 33
2 [Br]→ Br
Thus reduction takes place at cathode while oxidation takes place at anode. Therefore, electrolysis of molten PbBr2 is a redox reaction.

Question 2.
Lead bromide undergoes electrolytic dissociation in the molten state but is a non-electrolyte in the solid state.
Answer:
The ions present in PbBr2 in solid state are held by strong electrostatic forces of attraction and hence cannot move under the influence of applied electric field.

OR

In solid state only tiny electrons can move under the influence of applied electric field (e.g., in metals). Ions are too big to move in solid state.

Question 3.
The blue colour of aq. copper sulphate does not change when it is electrolysed using copper electrodes.
Answer:
For every copper ion (Cu2+) discharged at the cathode as neutral copper atom (Cu), a copper ion (Cu2+) is released or added to the solution at the anode and hence the total number of Cu2+ ions remains the same. Therefore the blue colour of CuSO does not fade in electrolytic reaction.

Question 4.
During electrolytic dissociation of sodium chloride, the sodium ions are discharged at the cathode.
Answer:
Sodium ions (Na+) being positively charged migrate to negative electrode, i.e., cathode. This is due to electrostatic forces of attraction between oppositely charged ions.

Question 5.
In the electrolysis of acidified water, dilute sulphuric acid is preferred to dilute nitric acid.
Answer:
Since nitric acid is a volatile acid, may decompose and nitrate radical (N03) may tend to interfere with the electrolytic reaction.

For More Resources

 

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions – Acids, Bases and Salts

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions -A: Acids, Bases and Salts

ICSE SolutionsSelina ICSE SolutionsML Aggarwal Solutions

Viraf J Dalal Chemistry Class 10 Solutions and Answers

Simplified ChemistryEnglishMathsPhysicsChemistryBiology

QUESTIONS

2004

Question 1.
Which of the methods, A, B, C, D or E is generally used for preparing the chlorides listed below from (i) to (v)

(A) Action of an acid on a metal
(B) Action of an acid on an oxide or carbonate
(C) Direct combination
(D) Neutralization of an alkali by an acid
(E) Precipitation (double decomposition)

  1. Copper (II) chloride
  2. Iron (II) chloride
  3. Iron (III) chloride
  4. Lead (II) chloride
  5. Sodium chloride Each method is to be used only once.

Answer:
(1) B (2) A (3) C (4) E (5) D

2005

Question 1.

Match from A to F:
A: Acidic oxide,
B: Alkali,
C: Amphoteric oxide,
D: Basic oxide,
E: Deliquescence,
F: Efflorescence

  1. The property of spontaneously giving up water of crystallization to the atmosphere.
  2. A compound, soluble in water and the only negative ions in the soln. are hydroxide ions

Answer:

  1. F: Efflorescence
  2. B: Alkali

Question 2.

What is observed when, neutral litmus soln. is added to sodium hydrogen carbonate solution.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 1

Question 3.

The preparation of lead sulphate from lead carbonate is a two-step process.                                            (Lead sulphate cannot be prepared by adding dilute sulphuric from lead carbonate.)

  1. What is the first step that is required to prepare lead sulphate from lead carbonate.)
    Ans. Treatment with dil. nitric acid to form soluble lead nitrate.
  2. Write the equation for the reaction that will take place when this first step is carried out.
    Ans. PbCO3 + 2HNO3Pb(NO3)2 + H20 + CO2
    Insoluble
  3. Why is the direct addition of dil. H2SO4 to PbCO3 an impractical method of preparing lead sulphate.
    Ans. Direct addition of dil. sulphuric acid to lead carbonate will lead to deposition of lead sulphate on the surface of lead carbonate which stops further reaction of sulphuric acid on it.

Question 4.

Fill in the blanks:
An acid is a compound which when dissolved in water forms hydronium ions as the only
(1) ….  ions. A base is a compound which if soluble in water contains (2)…. ions. A base reacts with an acid to form a (3)…… and water only. This type of reaction is known as (4)…….
Answer:

  1. Positive
  2. Hydroxyl
  3. Salt
  4. neutralization.

Question 5.

Acid dissolve in water to produce positively charged ions. Draw the structure of these ions
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 2

Question 6.

Name the ion other than ammonium ion formed when ammonia dissolves in water. Give one test that can be used to detect the presence of the ion product.
Answer:
Hydroxide ion.

2006

Question 1.

Mention the colour changes observed when the following indicators are added to acids:

  1. Alkaline phenolphthalein solution.
    Ans. Pink solution becomes colourless
  2. Methyl orange solution
    Ans. Orange solution changes to red or pink
  3. Neutral litmus solution
    Ans. It turns red

Question 2.

Which of the following hydroxides is not an alkali – (Choose from the choices A, B, C and D)
(A) ammonium hydroxide
(B) calcium hydroxide
(C) copper hydroxide  
(D) sodium hydroxide

2007

Question 1.

Complete the blanks from the list given:

Ammonia, Ammonium, Carbonate, Carbon dioxide, Hydrogen, Hydronium, Hydroxide, Precipitate, Salt, Water. A solution X turns blue litmus red, so it must contain (1) …. ions ; another solution Y turns red litmus blue and therefore, must contain (2)……. ions. When solutions X and Y are mixed together the products will be a (3) …. and (4) If a piece of magnesium were put into solution X, (5)….. gas would be evolved.
Answer:

  1. hydronium
  2. hydroxide
  3. salt
  4. water
  5. hydrogen

Question 2.

Match the following:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 3

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 4
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 5

Question 3.

Write balanced equation for formation of PbCl2 from Pb(NO3)2 soln. and NaCl soln.
Answer:
Pb(NO3)2 + 2NaCl → PbCl2 + 2NaNO3

2008 

Question 1.

What is the term defined i) A base which is soluble in water.
Answer:
Alkali.

2009

Question 1.

The acid which contains four hydrogen atoms –
(1) Formic acid
(2) Sulphuric acid
(3) Nitric acid
(4) Acetic acid

Question 2.

A black coloured solid which on reaction with dilute sulphuric acid forms a blue coloured solution is:
(A) Carbon
(B) Managanese (IV) oxide
(C) Lead (II) oxide
(D) Copper (II) oxide

Question 3.

Solution A is a strong acid
Solution B is a weak acid
Solution C is a strong alkali

Question 3(1).

Which solution contains solute molecules in addition to water molecules ?
Answer:
Solution B — weak acid

Question 3(2).

Which solution will give a gelatinous white precipitate with zinc sulphate solution? The precipitate disappears when an excess of the solution is added.
Answer:
Solution C — strong alkali

Question 3(3).

Which solution could be a solution of glacial acetic acid ?
Answer:
Solution B — weak acid

Question 3(4).

Give an example of a solution which is a weak alkali.
Answer:
Ammonium hydroxide — weak alkali

Question 4.

Write the equation(s) for the reaction(s) to prepare lead sulphate from lead carbonate.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 6

Question 5.

Define the following terms : Neutralization
Answer:
Neutralisation: The reaction in which an acid reacts with a base to form salt and water is known as neutralisation.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 7

2010

Question 1.

A: Nitroso Iron (II) sulphate
B: Iron (III) chloride
C: Chromium sulphate
D: Lead (II) chloride
E: Sodium chloride.
Select from A, B, C, D and E –

  1. A compound soluble in hot water but insoluble in cold water.
  2. A compound which in the aqueous solution state,is neutral in nature.
  3. A deliquescent compound.

Answer:

  1. Lead (II) chloride
  2. Sodium chloride
  3. Iron (II) chloride

Question 2.

Select the correct answer from A, B, C and D –

(1) A weak organic acid is:
A: Formic acid  
B: Sulphuric acid
C: Nitric acid
D: Hydrochloric acid

(2) A complex salt is:
A : Zinc sulphate
B : Sodium hydrogen sulphate
C : Iron (II) ammonium sulphate
D : Tetrammine copper (II) sulphate

Question 3.

Give an equation for the conversions

  1. ZnSO4 to ZnCO3
  2. ZnCO3 to Zn(NO3)2

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 8

Question 4.

A: NaOH sol. : B: weak acid C: Dil. H2SO4
Select the one which contains solute ions and molecules.
Answer:

  1. Solution C
  2. Solution A
  3. Solution B

Question 5.

Give balanced equation/s for the preparation of the following salts:

  1. Copper (II) sulphate from CuO.
  2. Iron (III) chloride from Fe.
  3. K2SO4 from KOH sol.
  4. Lead (II) chloride from PbCO3 (give two equations)

Answer:
(1)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 9

(2)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 10

(3)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 11

(4)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 12

2011

Question 1.

Write the balanced chemical equation: Lead nitrate solution is added to sodium chloride solution
Answer:
Pb (NO3)2 + 2NaCl → PbCl2 + 2NaNO3

Question 2.

Name the method used from the list:
A: Simple displacement
B: Neutralization
C: Decomposition by acid
D: Double decomposition
E: Direct synthesis

For preparation of the following salts –

  1. Sodium nitrate
  2. Iron (III) chloride
  3. Lead chloride
  4. Zinc sulphate
  5. Sodium hydrogen sulphate.

Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 13

2012

Question 1.

Match the following:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 14
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 15

2013

Question 1.

Select the words given below which are required to correctly complete the blanks –
[ammonia, ammonium, carbonate, carbon dioxide, hydrogen, hydronium, hydroxide, precipitate, salt water]:

  1. A solultion M turns blue litmus red, so it must contain
    (1)………..ions ; another solution O turns red litmus blue and hence, must contain, (2)……… ions.
  2. When solution M and O are mixed together, the prod­ucts will be (3)………. and (4) ……………..
  3. If a piece of magnesium was put into a solution M,(5)……………..gas would be evolved.

Answer:
(1) hydronium (2) hydroxide (3) salt (4) water (5) hydrogen.

Question 2.

Give a suitable chemical term for:

  1. A salt formed by incomplete neutralisation of an acid by a base.
  2. A definite number of water molecules bound to some salts.

Answer:

  1. Acid salt
  2. Water of crystallisation

Question 3.

Choosing the substances from the list given:
dil. Sulphuric acid, Copper, Iron, Sodium, Copper (II) carbonate, Sodium carbonate, Sodium chloride, Zinc nitrate
Write balanced equations for the reactions which would be used in the laboratory to obtain the following salts:

  1. Sodium sulphate
  2. Zinc carbonate
  3. Copper (II) sulphate
  4. Iron (II) sulphate.

Answer:

  1. Sodium sulphate
    Na2CO3 + H2SO→ Na2SO4 + HzO + CO2

  2. Zinc carbonate
    Zn(NO3)2 + Na2CO3→ ZnCO3 + 2NaNO3
  3. Copper (II) sulphate
    CuCO3 + H2SO→ CuSO4 + h2o + CO2
  4. Iron (II) sulphate.
    Fe + H2SO→ FeSO4 + H2

Question 4.

Identify: An acid which is present in vinegar.
Answer:
Acetic acid or ethanoic acid.

2014

Fill in the blank from the choices given:

Question 1.

The basicity of Acetic Acid is 1.

Question 2.

Draw the structure of the stable positive ion formed when an acid dissolves in water.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 16

Question 3.

State the inference drawn from the following observations:
Salt S is prepared by reacting dilute sulphuric acid with copper oxide. Identify S.
Answer:
The compound or salt S is copper sulphate CuSO4
CuO + H2 SO4  → CuSO4 + FlO

Question 4.

Give balanced chemical equations to prepareation of the following salts:

  1. Lead sulphate-from lead carbonate.
  2. Sodium sulphate-using dilute sulphuric acid.
  3. Copper chloride-using copper carbonate.

Answer:

(1) Lead sulphate from lead carbonate.

PbCO3 + HNO3 → Pb(NO3)2 + H2O  + CO2
Pb(NO3)2 + H2SO4  → PbSO4 + 2HNO3

(2) Sodium sulphate using dilute sulphuric acid.

Na2CO3  + H2SO4(dil) → Na2SO4  +  H2O+ CO2

(3) Copper chloride using copper carbonate.

CuCO3  +   HCl(dil) → CuCl2   +   H2O  + CO2
(Insoluble)

2015

Question 1.

Give balanced chemical equations for the following conversions.Fe→ Fed,
Fe →FeCl3
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 17
Question 2.

From the list of salts — AgCl, MgCl2, NaHSO4, PbCO3, ZnCO3, KNO3, Ca(NO3)2 Choose the salt that most appropriately fits the descrip­tion given below:

  1. A deliquescent salt.
  2. An insoluble chloride.

Answer:

  1. A deliquescent salt = MgCl2
  2. An insoluble chloride=AgCl

Question 3.

From the following list of oxides — SO2, SiO2, Al2O3, MgO, CO, Na2O -Select an oxide which dissolves in water forming an acid.
Answer:
SO2

2016

Fill in the blank:

Question 1.

Higher the pH value of a solution, the more………… (acidic / alkaline) it is.
Answer:
Higher the pH value of a solution, the more alkaline it is.

Question 2.

Match the following salts given below:

(1) Pb(NO3)2 from PbO
(2) MgCl2 from Mg
(3) FeCl3 from Fe
(4) NaNO3 from NaOH
(5) ZnCO3 from ZnSO4
With their correct method of preparation from: A, B, C, D and E.
(A) Simple displacement
(B) Titration
(C) Neutralization
(D) Precipitation
(E) Combination
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 18

2017

1. Fill in the blanks from the choices given in brackets –

Question 1.

When a metallic oxide is dissolved in water, the solution formed has a high concentration of________ ions. [H+,H3O+, OH ]
Answer:
When a metallic oxide is dissolved in water, the solution formed has a high concentration of OH” ions.

Question 2.

.Choose the correct answer from the options –
(1) to increase the pH value of a neutral solution, we should add: A. An acid; B. An acid salt; C. An alkali; D. A salt,
(2) Anhydrous iron [in] chloride is prepared by:
(A) direct combination;
(B) Simple displacement;
(C) Decomposition;
(D) Neutralization.
Answer:
C. an alkali

Question 3.

Write a balanced chemical equation for the preparation of each of the following salts:

  1. Copper carbonate,
  2. Ammonium sulphate crystals.

Answer:
CuSO4(aq) + Na2CO3(uq) → Na2SO4(aq) + CuCO3(s)
2NH4OH(aq) + H2SO4(aq) → (NH4)2SO4 + 2H2O

Additional Questions

Question 1.

Define the following as per ionic theory with examples and ionic equations wherever relevant
(1) acid
(2) base
(3) alkali
(4) neutralization
Answer:
(1) Acid — An acid is a compound which when dissolved in water yields – hydronium ions (H3O+ ) as the only positively charged ion.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 19

(2) Base — A base is a compound which reacts with hydronium ions of an acid – to give salt and water

CuO + 2HCl → CuCl2 + H2O

(3) Alkali — An alkali is a compound which when dissolved in water yields Hydroxyl ions (OH) as they are negatively charged ions.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 20
Alkali is a base soluble in water.

(4) Neutralization — | H+ions of an acid completely or combine with |OH+| ions of a base to give salt and water only.

Acid + Base → Salt + Water
HCl + NaOH → NaCl + H2O

Question 2.

Differentiate between:

  1. Organic and inorganic acids
  2. Hydracids and oxyacids with examples.

Answer:
(1)
Organic acids – Those acids which are derived from plants, e.g., citric acid, acetic acid, tartaric acid Inorganic acids – Acids derived from minerals e.g. HCl2,h2SO4
(2)
Hydracids – Acids containing hydrogen and a non-metallic element other than oxygen, e.g. HCl, HBr, HI.
Oxyacids – Acids containing hydrogen, another element and oxygen, e.g. HNO3, H,SO4.

Question 3.

State on what basis does the strength of an acid and an alkali depend on.
Answer:
Strength of acids depends upon concentration of hydronium ion |H3O+| present in an aqueous solution
of an acid. Strength of alkali depends on the concentration of the hydroxyl ions |OH| present in an aqueous solution of an alkali.

Question 4.

Differentiate between (1) strong and weak acid (2) strong and weak alkali with suitable examples and ionic equations.
Answer:
(1) Strong Acid – Is an acid which dissociates – almost completely in aqueous solution there by producing a – high concentration of hydrogen [H+] ions [or H3O+ions]
Examples: Hydrochloric, Sulphuric and Nitric acid.

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 21
Weak Acid – Is an acid which dissociates – only partially in a aqueous solution thereby producing a – low concentration of hydrogen [H+] ions [or H3O+ ions].
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 22

(2) Strong Alkali – Is an alkali which dissociates – almost completely in aqueous solution thereby producing a – high concentration of hydroxyl [OH] ions.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 23

Examples: Lithium, Sodium and Potassium hydroxide
Weak alkali – Is an alkali which dissociates – only partially in aqueous solution thereby producing a – low concentration of hydroxyl [OH ] ions.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 24
Examples: Ammonium hydroxide and Calcium hydroxide.

Question 5.

Name the ions formed when – HCl ; HNO3 ; H2SO4 ; CH3COOH ; NaOH and NH4OH ionise in aq. soln.
Answer:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 25

Question 6.

State giving reasons which is a stronger acid – dil. HCl or cone. H2CO3.
Answer:
Dil. HCl is a stronger acid than cone. H2CO3
Reason: HCl ionises almost completely in aqueous solution thereby producing a high concentration of Hp ions in aqueous solution. On the other hand, H2CO3 ionises to a very small extent producing a low
concentration of HO+ ions. More the concentration of H3O+ ions in solution, stronger is the acid. Hence dil. HCl is a stronger acid than cone. H2CO3.

Question 7.

State why the basicity of acetic acid is one and acidity of calcium hydroxide is two.
Answer:
Basicity of an acid is the number of hydrogen ions which can be produced from one molecule of the acids on complete dissociation. Acetic acid, CH.COOH gives one H+ per molecule the acid, hence acetic acid is monobasic i.e., its basicity is one.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 26
Acidity of a base is the number of hydroxyl ions which can be produced from one molecule of the base on complete dissocation. Ca(OH)2 (calcium hydroxide) gives two hydroxyl ions per molecule of the base, hence calcium hydroxide is diacidic i.e., its acidity is two.

Question 8.

Give three reasons with equations wherever required, why sulphuric acid is a dibasic acid.
Answer:
Sulphuric acid (H2SO4) is a dibasic acid as explained below:

(1)
It ionises in aqueous solution to produce two hydrogen ions per molecule of the acid.

OR

It contains two replace all hydrogen ions per molecule of the acid.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 27

(2)
It ionises in two steps in aqueous solution as shown below:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 28

(3)
It forms two types of salt, e., normal salt and acid salt as shown below:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 29

Question 9.

State how acids are defined as per Arrhenius’s and Lowry – Bronsted’s theory.
Answer:
Arrhenius Theory –
Acids are substances which – dissociate in aqueous solution to give H+ ions.
Strong acids dissociate – almost completely, while weak acids dissociate partially.

Question 10.

Oxygen atom in water has two Hone pair of electrons’. Explain the meaning of the term in italics. With the help of an electron dot diagram show the formation of hydronium ion and ammonium ion from a water molecule and an ammonia molecule respectively.
Answer:
A pair of electrons not shared with any other atom for bond formation is called a lone pair of electrons. In water, the central atom – oxygen has two lone pair of electrons as shown ahead:

Structure of water molecule
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 30

Formation of hydronium ion- (H3O+): When an acid is dissolved in water the proton (H+) released by the acid add onto the lone pair electrons of the oxygen atom of a water molecule. The proton (H+) accepts the lone pair of electrons forming a coordinate bond (shown by an arrow).
HCl  → H+ + Cl
Water Proton Hydronium ion
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 31

Formation of ammonium ion (NH4+): When ammonia gas is dissolved in water, the proton released by water adds onto the lone pair of electrons of the nitrogen atom of the ammonia molecule. The proton (H+) accepts the lone pair of electrons forming a coordinate bond (shown by an arrow).
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 32
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 33

Question 11.

State how you would obtain:

  1. Sulphuric acid from an acidic oxide
  2. KOH from a basic oxide.

Answer:
(1)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 34
(2)
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 35

Question 12.

State two chemical properties each with equations of a solution containing
(1) H+ ions
(2) OH
Answer:
(1) Properties of a solution containing H+ ions: Acids when dissolved in water produce H2O+ or H ions. Typical chemical properties of aqueous solution of acids are:

(a) Neutralisation: H+ ions react with OH ions from alkalies to give water
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 36
(b) Reaction with active metals: Active metals like Al, Zn, Fe, etc., react with dil. acids (HCl, H2SO4) to give hydrogen gas. In this reaction H+ is reduced to H, by the active metal. For example,
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 37

(2) Properties of solution containing OH ions: Alkalies when dissolved in water produce OH” ions. Typical reaction of aqueous solution of alkalies are;

(a) Neutralisation: OH+ ions react with H+ ions from acids to give water.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 38

(b) Reaction with solutions of metallic salts: Hydroxides of metals other than Group 1 and 2 are generally insoluble in water. Such hydroxides are precipitated from their respective salt solutions by OH” ions. For example,
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 39

Question 13.

Give equations for the decomposition of a metallic
(1) chloride
(2) nitrate with cone. H2SO4.
Answer:
(1) Reaction of cone. H2SO4 with metallic chloride:
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 40
(2) Reaction of cone. H2SO4 with metallic nitrate
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 41

Question 14.

State in the above reactions a reason for the formation of the respective acids from cone. H2SO4.
Answer:
The reason for the formation of the respective acids from cone. H2SO4 is the volatility of the acid formed. At room temperature or above HCl is a gas while HNO3, which is a liquid at room temperature, volatileses at the reaction temperature (w 200°C).

Question 15.

Convert
(1) NaHCO3
(2) Na2CO3 to unstable carbonic acid by action with dil. H2SO4.
State the reason why ammonia is evolved when an ammonium salt and alkali are heated.
Answer:

  1. 2NaHCO3 + H2SO4 (dil.) → Na2SO4 + 2H2CO3
  2. Na2CO3 + H2SO4 (dil.) → Na2SO4 + H2CO3

Ammonia is evolved when an ammonium salt and alkali are heated.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 42
This is because a non-volatile base, Ca(OH)2 displace a volatile base, NH4OH which decomposes to given NH3 and H2O.

Question 16.

Define pH value. What would you say about the pH of a solution in which (i) H+ ions = OH ions

  1. evolves CO2when heated with Na2CO3
  2. OH” ions > H+ ions.

Answer:
pH value: The pH value of a solution is defined as the negative logarithm (to the bsise 10) of the hydrogen ion concentration expressed in mol L-1. Thus,
PH = -log10 [H+]
Where [H+] stands for hydrogen ion concentration in mol L-1.

  1. A solution in which [H+] = [OH], is neutral with pH = 7.
  2. A solution which evolves CO2 with NaCO3 is acidic in nature with pH < 7.
  3. A solution in which [OH] > [H+] is basic in nature with pH >7.

Question 17.

State whether litmus is a common acid-base indictor or a universal indicator.
Answer:
Litmus is a common acid-base indicator. It is not a universal indicator.

Question 18.

State the colour change in a neutral litmus in presence of
(1) acidic
(2) alkaline medium.
Answer:
Neutral litmus is purple in colour

  1. In acidic medium colour of neutral litmus changes from purple to red.
  2. In alkaline medium colour of neutral litmus changes from purple to blue.

Question 19.

State the colour change in a universal indicator e.g. pH paper on

  1. slightly acidic soil
  2. slightly alkaline soil
  3. dairy milk
  4. human blood tested for medical diagnosis.

Answer:

  1. In slightly acidic soil colour of universal indicator changes to yellow.
  2. In slightly alkaline soil colour of universal indicator changes to blue.
  3. In dairy milk colour of universal indicator change to green.
  4. In human blood colour of universal indicator changes to green (pH = 7.3).

Question 20.

Define
(1) salt
(2) normal salt
(3) acid salt – with relevant examples and equations.
Answer:
(1) Salts: A salt is a compound formed by partial or complete replacement of the replaceable hydrogen ions of an acid by a metallic ion or ammonium ion.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 43

(2) Normal salt: The salt formed by complete replacement of the replaceable hydrogen ions present in a molecule of the acid by metallic or ammonium ion. For example,
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 44
2NaOH(aq) + H2CO3(aq)→ Na2CO3(aq) + 2H2O (l)

NH4OH(aq) + HCl(aq)→ NH4Cl(aq) + H.O (l)

(3) Acid salt: The salt formed by partial replacement of the replaceable hydrogen ions present in a molecule of the acid by metallic or ammonium ion. For example,

NaOH(aq) + H3PO4(aq) → NaH2PO4(aq) + H2O(l)
2NaOH(aq) + H3PO4(aq)→Na2HPO4(aq) + 2H2O (l)
KOH(aq) + H2SO4(aq)→ KHS04(aq) + H2O(l)
NH4OH(aq) + H2CO3(aq)→NH4HCO3(aq) + H.O (l)

Question 21.

State:

  1. the formation
  2. the components of – a basic salt.

State which of following salts is an – acid, normal or basic salt.

  1. bleaching powder
  2. potassium mercuric iodide
  3. sodium sulphite
  4. sodium hydrogen sulphite
  5. sodium silver cyanide
  6. basic lead nitrate
  7. potassium zincate
  8. alum
  9. calcium bicarbonate
  10. basic copper chloride
  11. trisodium phosphate.

Answer:

(1) Formation of a basic salt: A basic salt is formed by partial replacement of hydroxyl group of a diacidic or triacidic base with an acid radical (or an anion other than OH).

(2) Components of a basic salt: A basic salt contains a cation (other than H+ ion), a hydroxyl ion (OH from base) and an anion (other than OH ion). For example,
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 45

  1. Bleaching powder, CaOCl, (Normal salt/Mixed salt)
  2. Potassium mercuric iodide, K2(HgI4) .
    (Normal salt/Complex salt)
  3. Sodium sulphate, Na2SO4 (Normal salt)
  4. Sodium hydrogen sulphite, NaHSO3 (Acid salt)
  5. Sodium silver cyanide, Na[Ag(CN)2]
    (Normal salt/Complex salt)
  6. Basic lead nitrate, Pb(OH)NO3 (Basic salt)
  7. Potassium zincate, K2ZnO2 (Normal salt)
  8. Alum or potash alum, K2SO4.Al2(SO4)3.24H2O
    (Normal salt/Double salt)
  9. Calcium bicarbonate, Ca(HCO3)2 (Acid salt)
  10. Basic copper chloride, Cu(OH)Cl (Basic salt)
  11. Trisodium phosphate, Na3PO4 (Normal salt)

Question 22.

Name three (1) sulphates (2) chlorides insoluble in water and – two (1) oxides (2) carbonates soluble in water.
Answer:
(1) Three sulphates insoluble in water
Lead sulphate (PbSO4), Calcium sulphate (CaSO4), and Barium sulphate (BaSO4).

(2) Three chloride insoluble in water
Silver chloride (AgCl), Lead chloride (PbCl2), and Mercury chloride (Hg2Cl2 or HgCl).

(1) Two oxides soluble in water
Sodium oxide (Na2O  ), and Potassium oxide (K2O)

(2) Two carbonates soluble in water
Sodium carbonate (Na2CO3), and Ammonium carbonate [(Na4)2CO3]

Question 23.

State the method only, generally used for the preparation of the following salts
(1) Zn(NO3)2
(2) NH4Cl
(3) ZnSO4
(4) ZnS
(5) CaCO3
(6) FeCl3
(7) PbCl2
(8) Pb(NO3)2
Answer:

Salt

Method of preparation

1.      Zn(NO3)2 Neutralisation of insoluble base by acid/Decomposition of insoluble carbonate by acid
2.      NH4Cl Neutralisation (titration) of soluble  base by acid/Decomposition of soluble carbonate by acid
3.      ZnSO4 Neutralisation of insoluble base by acid/Decomposition of insoluble carbonate by acid
4.      ZnS Direct combination (Synthesis)/Double decomposition (Precipitation)
5.      CaCO3 Double decomposition (Precipitation)
6.      Fecl3 Direct combination (Synthesis)/
7.      pbCl2 Double decomposition (Precipitation)
8.      Pb(NO3)2 Neutralisation of insoluble base by acid/Decompostion of insoluble carbonate by acids

Question 24.

Give balanced equations for the preparation of the following salts –

(a)
(1) CuSO4  
(2) NaHSO4
(3) Na2SO4
(4) FeSO4
(5) BaSO4
(6) PbSO4 – using dil. H2SO4
(b)
(1) NaHSO4
(2) CuSO4 – using cone. H2SO4.
Answer:
(a) Using dil. H2SO4

  1. CuO (s) + H2SO4 (aq) → CuSO4 (aq) + 2H2O (l)
  2. NaOH (aq) + H2SO4 (aq) → NaHSO4 (aq) + H2O(l)
  3. 2NaOH (aq) + H2SO4 (aq)→Na2SO4 (aq) + 2H2O(l)
  4. Fe (s) + H2SO4 (aq)→ FeSO4 (aq) + H2 (g)
  5. BaCl2 (aq) + H2SO4 (aq)→ BaSO4 (s) + 2HCl (aq)
  6. Pb(NO3)2 + H2SO4 (aq)→ PbSO4 (s) + 2HNO3 (aq)

(b) Using cone. H2SO4

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 46

Question 25.

Starting from insoluble ZnO how would you obtain insoluble ZnCO3 by precipitation.
Answer:
ZnO (s) + 2HCl (aq)→ ZnCl2 (aq) + H2O(l)
ZnCl2 (aq) + Na2CO3 (aq)→ ZnCO3 (s) + 2NaCl (aq)

Dissolve zinc oxide in minimum quantity of dil. HCl. Add to it a saturated solution ofNa2CO3 in water till
no more precipitation takes place. Filter and dry the ZnCO3 so obtained.

Question 26.

Give balanced equations for the action of a dilute acid on
(1) zinc carbonate,
(2) potassium bicarbonate for the preparation of the respective salt.
Answer:

  1. Zinc carbonate
    ZnCO3 + 2HNO3 → Zn(NO3)2 + H2O + CO

  2. Potassium bicarbonate
    2KHCO3 + H2SO4 → K2S04 + 2H2O + 2CO2

Question 27.

Give balanced equations for the decomposition of
(1) calcium bicarbonate by dil. HCl,
(2) calcium carbonate by dil. HNO3,
(3) sodium sulphite by dil. H2SO4,
(4) zinc sulphide by dil. H2SO4.

Answer:

  1. Ca(HCO3)2 + 2HCl→ CaCl2 + 2H2O+ 2CO2
  2. CaCO3 + 2HNO3 → Ca(NO.)2 + H2O+ CO2
  3. Na2SO3 + H2SO4 (dil.) → Na2SO4 + H2O+ SO2
  4. ZnS + H2SO4 →ZnSO4 + H2S

Question 28.

State what will be the effect of each of the following solution on blue litmus –
(1) K2CO3 soln
(2) KCl soln.
(3) NH4NO3
Answer:

  1. K2COis a salt of a strong base (KOH) and weak acid (H2CO3). Hence its aqueous solution will be basic in nature. It will have no effect on blue litmus solution.
  2. KCl is a salt of a strong acid (HCl) and a strong base (KOH). Hence its aqueous solution will be neutral in nature. It will have no effect on blue litmus solution.
  3. NH4NO3 is a salt of a strong acid (HNO3) and weak base (NH4OH). Hence its aqueous solution will be acidic in nature. It will turn blue litmus solution red.

Question 29.

Select the correct acid, base or salt from the list in bracket for each of the statements given below:

  1. An example of an acid derived from a mineral is……….. (citric acid / nitric acid / acetic acid)
    Ans. Nitric acid
  1. An example of a base which is not a alkali is….. (caustic soda / zinc hydroxide / liquor ammonia / caustic potash)
    Ans. Zinc hydroxide
  1. An example of a strong acid is dilute……… (acetic acid / sulphuric acid / tartaric acid / carbonic acid)
    Ans. Sulphuric acid
  1. An example of a weak alkali is…. (potassium hydroxide / calcium hydroxide / sodium hydroxide) solution.
    Ans. Calcium Hydroxide
  1. An acid having basicity 1 is……… (carbonic acid / acetic acid / sulphurous acid)
    Ans. Acetic acid
  1. An acid obtained by dissolving sulphur trioxide in water is…. (sulphurous acid / sulphuric acid oleum)
    Ans. Sulphuric acid
  1. A volatile acid obtained when nitre reacts with non­volatile concentrated sulphuric acid on heating is (hydrochloric acid / sulphuric acid/ nitric acid)
    Ans. Nitric acid
  1. A base obtained when lead nitrate undergoes thermal decomposition is……. (trilead tetroxide / lead (IV) oxide/ lead (II) oxide.                                                        .
    Ans. Lead (II) oxide
  1. An acid obtained when concentrated nitric acid is heated with sulphur is…….. (sulphurous acid / sulphuric acid / nitrous acid)
    Ans. Sulphuric acid
  1. The more volatile acid obtained when the less volatile acid reacts with sodium bicarbonate is……… (sulphuric acid / carbonic acid / nitric acid)
    Ans. Carbonic acid
  1. The insoluble base obtained when sodium hydroxide reacts with iron (III) chloride is…. (iron (II) hydroxide / iron (III) hydroxide / iron (II) oxide)
    Ans. Iron (III) hydroxide.
  1. A solution whose pH is above 7 is….. (vinegar / milk / liquor ammonia.
    Ans. Liquor Ammonia
  1. The salt formed when sulphuric acid reacts with excess caustic soda solution is…… (sodium bisulphite / sodium sulphate / sodium sulphite / sodium bisulphate).
    Ans. Sodium sulphate
  1. An example of an acid salt is……. [CH3COONa/NaNO3/ Na2HPO4/NaKCO3]
    Ans. Na2HPO4
  1. An example of a soluble salt is ……… (AgCl / PbSO4 /CaSO4 / CaCl2)
    Ans. CaCl2
  1. An example of an insoluble salt is….. (Na2CO3 \ K2CCl,/ MgCO3 / (NH4)2 CO3)
    Ans. MgCO3
  1. A salt prepared by neutralization in which titration is involved is…….. (MgCl2 / CaCl2 / NH,Cl / CuCl2)
    Ans. NH4Cl
  2. An insoluble salt prepared by direct combination or synthesis is……. [FeCl3 / FeSO4 / FeS/Fe(NO3)2] Ans. FeS
  1. A salt prepared by precipitation i.e. by double decomposition of two salt solutions is………… (Na2SO4 /PbSO4 / ZnSO4 / CuSO4)
    Ans. PbSO.
  2. A salt prepared by simple displacement i.e. action of dilute acid on a metal is____ (PbCl2/ CuCL, / AlCl3 / HgCl)
    Ans. AlCl3
  3. Decomposition of calcium hydrogen carbonate with…. [dil. HNO3 /dil. HCl/dil. H2SO4] results in formation of calcium chloride.
    Ans. dil.HCl
  1. Action of dilute acid on a metallic sulphide results in evolution of____ [SO2/H2S/CO2] gas.
    Ans. H2S
  1. A salt which on hydrolysis produces a neutral solution is……. (sodium chloride / ammonium chloride / sodium carbonate)
    Ans. Sodium chloride

Unit test Paper 3 A —Acids, Bases and Salts

l. Name the following:

  1. A basic solution which does not contain a metallic element.
    Ans. Ammonium Hydroxide.
  1. A normal salt of sodium formed from acetic acid.
    Ans. Sodium acetate, COCOON a.
  2. A base which reacts with an acid to give a salt which .on hydrolysis gives a slightly acidic solution.
    Ans. Ammonium hydroxide (NH4OH)

OR

   Calcium hydroxide [Ca(OH)2].

  1. An ion which combines with a polar covalent molecule to form an ammonium ion.
    Ans. Hydrogen ion a proton (H+).
  1. A soluble salt formed by direct combination between a light metal & a greenish yellow gas.
    Ans. AlCl3

2. Identify which of the following terms matches with the appropriate description 1 to 5.
A: Hydracid
B: Monobasic acid
C: Less volatile acid
D: Weak acid
E: Tribasic acid
F: Dibasic acid
G: More volatile acid

  1. An acid having basicity 1 and having only one replaceable hydrogen ion per molecule of the acid.
    Ans. Monobasic acid
  1. An acid which dissociates to give a low concentration of H+
    Ans. Weak acid
  1. An acid containing hydrogen and a non-metallic element other than oxygen.
    Ans. Hydracids.
  1. The type of acid which generally displaces another acid when the acid is heated with a salt.
    Ans. Less volatile acid
  1. The type of acid which reacts with a base to give an acid salt and a normal salt.
    Ans. Dibasic acid

3. State which of the following methods is generally used for preparing the salts 1 to 5 given below:

A: Neutralisation – insoluble base and dil. acid
B: Neutralisation – alkali and dil. acid
C: Simple displacement – active metal and dil. acid
D: Direct combination
E: Precipitation (double decomposition)                 .

  1. PbCO3
  2. Zn(NO3)2
  3. NaCl
  4. Cu(NO3)2
  5. FeS

Answer:

  1. PbCIO3: Precipitation (Double decomposition) (E)
  2. Zn(NO3)2: Simple displacement-active metal and dil. acid (C)
  3. NaCl: Neutralisation-alkali and dil. acid (B)
  4. (CuNO3)2: Neutralisation + insoluble base and dil. acid (A)
  5. FeS: Direct combination (D)

4. Give balanced equations for the preparation of the following salts:

  1. Calcium oxide → Calcium chloride → Calcium carbonate
    Ans. CaO + 2HCl → CaCl2 + H2O
  2. Zinc sulphide Zn→ Zinc sulphate
    Ans. Zn + S → ZnS
  3. Iron (II) chloride ← Fe→ Iron (III) chloride
    Ans. Fe + 2HCl → FeCl2 + H2
  4. Lead (II) oxide → Lead nitrate→ Lead sulphate
    Ans. PbO + 2HNO3 → Pb(NO3)2 + H2O
  5. Copper (II) oxide → Copper (II) sulphate ←Copper (II)hydroxide
    Ans. CuO + H2SC4 → CuSO4+ H2O

5. The diagram represents the preparation of sodium sulphate salt from dil. H2SO4 acid and sodium hydroxide.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 47

  1. Name the apparatus ‘A’.
    Ans. Burette
  1. Name the substance ‘X’ placed in ‘A’ and the (substance ‘Y’ placed in B.
    Ans. Dil. H2SO4 Sodium Hydroxide
  1. State the reason for conducting the titration using the apparatus ‘A’ and ‘B’
    Ans. Titration is conducted to determine the completion of the neutralisation reaction, i.e. to determine the amount of sulphuric acid required to neutralise a known amount of sodium hydroxide.
  1. State which solution is transferred to the evaporating dish and evaporated to point of crystallisation for obtaining the salt.
    Ans. Sodium Sulphate.
  1. State why titration is not conducted for the preparation of copper (II) sulphate crystals by neutralisation.
    Ans. This is because copper (II) oxide is not soluble in water.

6. Give reasons for the following:

Question 6(1).

Concentrated sulphuric acid is a weaker acid compared to dilute sulphuric acid.
Answer:
Sulphuric acid,H2SOis a covalent compound as shown below.
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 48
When dissolved in water, polar water molecules helps in its ionisation, thus producing B,O+ ions responsible for its acidic nature. More water (i.e., dilute acid) means more H3O+ ions and hence stronger acid.

Question 6(2).

An aqueous solution of the salt ammonium chloride is acidic in nature while an aqueous solution of sodium chloride is neutral.
Answer:

New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 49
New Simplified Chemistry Class 10 ICSE Solutions Chapter 3A Acids, Bases and Salts 50

From above equation it is clear that NH4Cl forms weak alkali which is acidic in nature where as NaCl from strong alkali which is neutral.

Question 6(3).

In the preparation of an insoluble salt from another insoluble salt by precipitation [double decomposition], dilute nitric acid and not dilute sulphuric acid is generally used.
Answer:
Direct addition of dil. H2SO4 to PbCO3 is an impractical method of preparing lead sulphate since PbSO4 is insoluble and forms a coating on PbCO3, thereby the reaction slowly comes to a stop.

Question 6(4).

Acetic acid does not form an acid salt but forms a normal salt.
Answer:
Acetic acid (CH3COOH) is a monobasic acid, i.e. it contains only one replaceable hydrogen ion per molecule of the acid. As such it can only form normal salts.

Question 6(5).

Sulphurous acid forms two types of salts on reaction with an alkali.
Answer:
Sulphurous acid (H2SO3) is a dibasic acid, i.e., it contains two replaceable hydrogen ions per molecule. As such, it can form normal salt (say Na2SO3) as well as acid salt (NaHSO3) on reaction with an alkali.

 

For More Resources